EZEKIEL

 

and YHWH’s

 

 Judgment

 

 

for the

 

Good News

 

PEOPLE

 

 

 

VOLUME XXIII

 

 Politics and Murder

 

 

EZEKIEL and YHWH’s

 

 

Judgment for the

 

 

 Good News People

 

 

 

 

Volume XXIII--Politics and Murder

 

 

 

 

 

by

 

an unworthy servant

 

 

 

 

 

 

And you shall know the truth,

 

and the truth will make you free.

 

(John 8:32)

 

 

Common Law Copyright, 2003 2005 CE, an unworthy servant, Calder, Idaho.  The author claims his Right of exclusive ownership and control of this publication, the fruit of his labor, as a matter of Intellectual Property protected by the Laws of YHWH and as guaranteed by the US Constitution for the United States.  Permission is granted to quote provided appropriate credit is cited together with the Publisher’s web site name and postal mailing address––WWW.age-end.com PO Box 473, Calder, ID 83808, USA. 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Contents

 

 

 

Volume XXIII--Politics and Murder

 

 

CHAPTER                                                                              PAGE

 

 

      -                  Cover Page                                                                                                         1

 

      -                  Title Page                                                                                                             2

 

      -                  Contents                                                                                                              3

 

      -                  Publisher’s Preface                                                                                           5

 

 

Part RRR--Some History 

 

      346             The Murderers of YESHUA I                                                                            6

 

      347             The Murderers of YESHUA II                                                                         19

 

 

Part SSS--John F. Kennedy 

 

      348             The JFK Murder                                                                                                23

 

      349             More on the Actors                                                                                           38

 

      350             The Government Cover-Up I                                                                          47

 

      351             The Government Cover-Up II                                                                         60

 

      352             The Bankers Called the Shots                                                                       70

 

      353             More on the Intrigue                                                                                        86

 

      354             Lyndon Johnson I                                                                                            93

 

      355             Lyndon Johnson II                                                                                           99

 

      356             The Texas Meeting                                                                                        111

 

      357             Other Government Players                                                                           122

 

      358             The Kennedys and Marilyn Monroe                                                           136

 

 

Part TTT--The Mob and the US Presidency 

 

      359             Bankers, Gangsters and Politicians I                                                         139

 

      360             Bankers, Gangsters and Politicians II                                                        150

SHEERIT YISRAEL

PO Box 473

Calder, Idaho 83808, USA

 

 

Publisher’s Preface

 

Greetings!  The following presentation is volume twenty-three of a 36-volume production of some 6,000 pages on “Ezekiel and YHWH’s Judgment for the Good News People,” all of which is on the Internet at the www.age-end.com web site. 

 

This overall effort provides an interpretation of the Good News message in the New Testament, its linkage to the book of Ezekiel, and an application of both to the age-end prophecies relating to certain nations and peoples now out in the world.  In order for this single volume to be understood and comprehended, it is imperative that the study be read from its beginning--from page one of volume one. 

 

Anyone trying to read this volume or the study’s 6,000 pages at any mid-point will end up in a state of confusion without having read and digested the preceding material.  It is crucially important that this work be read in sequence from its beginning--otherwise, the reader will almost certainly end up missing the essence of the message! 

 

The effort was originally set on a Macintosh computer with Microsoft Word 6.0.1.  It was set in Helvetica, 12-point type (18 pt on chapter headings); single line spacings; and margins:  left 1.2”, right 0.8”, top 0.7”, bottom 0.8” and footer 0.6” (for page numbers). 

 

For further information on obtaining this study in 18 computer floppy disks (IBM-formatted, high density, 2HD, 1.44 MB, 3 1/2 inches); in a single CD-Rom; or in hard copies (when the Internet or a compatible computer is not available); please write the publisher at the above address and send a stamped, self-addressed, long (legal-size), return envelope. 

 

With a CD-Rom or computer floppy disks, the study is readable on Macintosh (systems 5.0 and later) or IBM/compatible (with Microsoft Word-Windows) personal computers.  May The Great CREATOR and SOVEREIGN OF THE UNIVERSE bless you as you study His word to learn His will and to obey Him.  Shalom (peace) to you and yours! 

 

an unworthy servant, Hanukkah 2003 CE

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Chapter 346--The Murderers of YESHUA I

 

 

The Death of YESHUA 

 

The actual physical death of YESHUA was described in a former chapter.  There is no need to repeat those findings. 

 

However, perhaps one of the most important facets of His death concerns the conspiracy of the people involved in His murder.  The following commentary will outline this conspiracy and the plotting going on behind the scenes to insure His death. 

 

The Charges Against Him 

 

Strangely enough, in regards to YESHUA’s death, there were several charges leveled against Him; and there seemed to be some confusion in their different presentations (Mk 14:59). 

 

For example, in His appearance before the High Priest, it would seem that the religious authorities produced two so-called witnesses who charged Him falsely of having said that He would destroy the Temple in Jerusalem and in three days build another (Matt 26:61). 

 

But not satisfied with these false reports, the High Priest pressured Him to say something far more damaging and something which would satisfy a death sentence because the rulers wanted Him dead. 

 

Certainly, He did say that He was The SON OF ADAM and that He would sit on the right hand of power and come in the clouds of heaven (Matt 26:64; Mk 14:62); which, alone, would have probably still been lacking (for a death sentence) because He also said “so you say” in respect to some statements (Lu 22:70).  However, in one of these appearances, He declared that He was “I AM” (Mk 14:62). 

 

Probably, this was one of the primary complaints that the religious leaders had against Him.  They all knew and understood Who “I AM” was and is.  YHWH was I AM (Ex 3:14).  When they heard this statement, they went into a frenzy and yelled “blasphemy.”  (Earlier, He had said a similar statement which also led the Jews to believe that He was holding Himself out to be The ELOHIM--Jo 10:33). 

 

A paradox was to quickly ensue in His trial because when the religious leaders took Him before the Roman Governor Pilate, they completely changed their tunes to (falsely) accuse Him of treason and sedition (Lu 23:2).  After all, they wanted Him dead.  Of course, with the more serious complaints of Him speaking against Rome and Caesar, their wishes would be more favorably considered by Pilate. 

 

This Pilate (though racially probably an Israelite himself, as established elsewhere herein) was himself extremely bad because he had at one time mingled the blood of some Galileans with their sacrifices (Lu 13:1). 

 

But under pressure from his wife, Pilate wanted to let YESHUA go.  So the Jewish leaders incited the crowd (mob) to cry out for YESHUA’s death.  And Pilate acceded to their demands. 

 

But why the enormous hatred from the Jewish leaders which prompted them to lie and falsely accuse an innocent MAN?  Surely, there must have been more to it than simply a few differences over theology.  And of course, there was more to it than just that. 

 

 

Real Motives of the Murderers 

 

In a previous presentation on the Jewish sects in Palestine in Second Temple days, mention was made of former Hebrew University Professor David Flusser’s suggestion that the Sadducean religious leadership hated YESHUA because they perceived Him to be a threat to them in their leadership roles in the Temple which provided them with power, money and position (Jo 11:48 would support this position). 

 

Flusser saw the “high priests” as the primary enemies of YESHUA and certainly in the first three so-called Gospels of the New Testament, although those writings do not explicitly indicate the cause of their hatred, as brought out otherwise by the Apostle Yohanan.  Surely, Yohanan’s remarks must be a part of it and particularly in the vein that some of the Sadducees were actually Amalekites, as discussed earlier. 

 

Additionally, there was the racial or ethnic component of some of the leading Pharisees and scribes which was brought out by The MESSIAH, Himself, when He charged them with the deaths of all of the righteous in history, to even include His Own coming execution (Matt 23:29-35).  This citation is fundamental to the whole question, although there is still more to it. 

 

Yes, the people (per their racial/ethnic classification) who have historically been responsible for the murder of all of the righteous (from Abel all the way to Second Temple days and on forward to modern times in the beginnings of the 21st century CE) bear the primary responsibility for YESHUA’s death.  

 

The Scriptures themselves elsewhere prove this connection beyond a doubt.  In Psalms 22:16, the Word lays out a prophecy of the involvement of the Edomite dogs in the murder of YESHUA.  Certainly, they must first carry much of the weight for this awful act. 

 

But in mentioning this condition (as pointed out by The MESSIAH in Matthew 23:35, discussed previously), it must be acknowledged that this gang of murderers did not act solely alone (though they were the obvious leaders and promoters of YESHUA’s murder).  The truth is that they incited the secular rulers and the collective people to participate in the murder in a conspiracy (Ps 2:2). 

 

 

The NT Environment 

 

To appreciate the catalyst or trigger which set these evil people off, one needs to recognize the presence and influence of the money power (operating from behind the scenes) that existed to exploit, oppress, harm and hurt much of the Jerusalem population. 

 

As pointed out earlier, the exchanging of moneys, lending at usury and other wicked banking practices were forbidden by Moshe (Ex 22:25).  According to the Word, the charging of usury/interest on loans is a capital crime invoking the death penalty (Ezek 18:13; 22:12).  It was a very serious criminal activity and seems to have had no acceptance in the early Israelite culture. 

 

But with the Babylonian captivity, some of the Jews (perhaps largely Canaanites, Kenites, Edomites and other non-Israelites illegally attached to Yehudah and posing as Jews) seemed to have learned and adopted these evil banking practices and brought them back to Palestine to use in acts of oppression against the returning Israelites (Neh 5:1-10). 

 

 

The Second Temple Bankers 

 

“Encyclopaedia Judaica” candidly admits the apparent absence of banking enterprises in ancient Yisrael before the Babylonian exile.  During the exile, some of the Jews (alleged Jews, but likely persons of the lineage of Kain) learned of this evil practice from the Chaldeans and brought it back to Palestine in the return. 

 

Judaica (v. 4, p. 166) makes the point that in Second Temple days the Jews organized a large banking operation at the Temple on the level of a national and/or central bank.  This large central bank at the Temple, probably the largest one of its kind in the Middle East, allowed the wealthy people, including tax agents and landowners, to speculate and deposit their gains and profits at the Temple bank. 

 

The previously mentioned Dr. Burton L. Mack mentions this Temple banking system and suggests that it was supported by synagogues throughout the Roman Empire (“Who Wrote the New Testament? The Making of the Christian Myth,” p. 29).  Per Mack’s comments, it would seem that synagogues throughout the Roman world deposited their funds in this Temple bank. 

 

In other words, this national bank at the Temple was more than just a simple, money exchange operation.  It included the practices of usury, loans, depositing and withdrawal of funds, probably the transfer of funds internationally, and gambling and speculating on money--to perhaps even include the beginnings of the derivities’ markets, as implied in the Talmud (“Encyclopaedia Judaica,” v. 4, p. 166).  

 

In short, the Temple’s national bank was a large, full service, international bank (perhaps also with a branch in Rome, to be detailed shortly herein)--apparently very comparable to the later ones set up by the Amalekite bankers in the Christian West (as described in prior chapters).  Moreover, the Temple bank also served as the central bank of the nation (which just added to its power and influence). 

 

In fact, it is plausible that this Temple bank operation was the forerunner or beginnings of the later Rothschild international bank, organized in Frankfurt, Germany in the 18th century.  

 

Certainly, the practice of the Amalekites to privately own a nation’s central bank probably started in Jerusalem.  No wonder this operation at YHWH’s Temple would upset and anger YESHUA so profoundly. 

 

 

Amalekites Were in Charge at the Temple 

 

As outlined in a former chapter, Clarence Wagner, editor of the “Dispatch from Jerusalem,” makes the case that the Herodians had infiltrated the Sadducean priesthood and actually controlled the Temple grounds and Temple services. 

 

Therefore, these Amalek-Edomites were the very people in charge of the physical facilities where the banking and commercial operations were on-going at the Temple. 

 

By the time of the New Testament, these evil, wicked, banking activities were firmly entrenched--particularly in the Jerusalem area and manifestly in the hands of the ruling Amalek-Edomites who had assumed positions of authority in Herod’s kingdom (Matt 21:12; Mk 11:15). 

 

Consequently, the point must be made that these evil bankers had been exploiting the people for many long years before YESHUA’s day. 

 

 

YESHUA Encounters the Bankers 

 

Early on, in His ministry, The Anointed ONE went into the very enclave of the super-rich bankers at the Temple and began to upset their money changing, robbing, stealing and exploiting operations (Jo 2:13-17).  At that time, this money changing was being carried on with the commercial sale of animals and birds for sacrifice which made the whole operation even more disgusting. 

 

While the bankers may not have been directly involved personally, in the sale of the sacrificial animals, one can bank on it that they were getting a commission or slice of the action someway (along with the Herodians, who were probably the people making the sales or, as a minimum, the people in charge of the Temple grounds who leased or rented out space to the bankers and merchants). 

 

This sickness going on at the Temple and YESHUA’s reaction to it probably set Him apart for death from the very beginning.  He was an enemy of the bankers from almost day one of His ministry.  Since the Temple operation was in the immediate hands of Amalekite Herodians, it is also clear that YESHUA quickly became an enemy of the overall Herodians and the Sadducean priesthood (Matt 22:16; Mk 3:6; 12:13). 

 

On at least two more occasions, just before His death (one before and one just after cursing the fig tree), YESHUA did the same thing again by attacking the banking and commercial operations at the Temple (Matt 21:12-13; Mk 11:12-17; Lu 19:45-46).  In these condemnations, He observed that the bankers and commercial sellers at the Temple constituted “a den of thieves” (Matt 21:13; Mk 11:17; Lu 19:46). 

 

The MESSIAH’s remarks bring to mind an earlier prophecy by Yirmeyahu that the Temple would become a den of robbers who would not obey YHWH (Jer 7:11, 28). 

 

To repeat a marvelous quotation from the Talmud, a former chapter noted that the Talmud says that gamblers and usurers were not thought to be trustworthy witnesses (Sanh. 3:3, “Encyclopaedia Judaica,” v. 4, p. 166).  Clearly, the intent of these remarks is a focus upon bankers who are both gamblers (speculators in money) and usurers. 

 

 

The Catalyst

 

Evidently, one or both of the last encounters YESHUA had with the bankers took place around the tenth day of the first month of Aviv, just some four days before His death on Passover of that year (c30 CE).  The importance of Aviv 10 is that this is the express day on which the Passover lambs were to be set aside and marked for sacrifice (Ex 12:3). 

 

As Mark wrote it, when the chief priests and scribes learned of what had happened to the bankers, they began plotting on how they would kill Him (Mk 11:18).  For the next two days, the plotting and scheming intensified (Matt 21:45-46; Mk 12:12; Lu 20:19). 

 

A question must now surface over why would the religious authorities take to heart and become so upset over an incident which seemed to just involve the local bankers? 

 

True, the bankers were angry over their losses, but why should the religious authorities become so violent that they became liars and frauds themselves in order to murder The SON OF ADAM? 

 

 

The Bankers Were in Charge 

 

Is it not abundantly clear that the bankers operating at the Temple were surely the real power brokers in Jerusalem at that time?  In other words, the bankers were in charge, just like they pretty well were in charge in Ezra and Nechemyah’s day and just as they have been generally in charge in the West for the last 2,500 years.  The Sadducees (both the Herodians and true Jews) must have been subordinate to the bankers. 

 

Manifestly, the bankers were really the people calling most of the shots over both religious and secular affairs in Judea in those days (and still today, in the Christian West).  The local politicians and religious authorities likely took orders from the money power and did as they were told to do in the generic sense (otherwise, they would have been in trouble). 

 

There is an old interpretation of the so-called golden rule which needs mention here.  It is that he who has the gold does the ruling.  Hence, the bankers had a sweet money scam in place; and they were not about to have it interfered with in anyway. 

 

The evidence seems clear enough that the ruling Sanhedrin (in the collective sense) was subservient to the behind the scenes ruling bankers.  Of course, they jumped when the bankers spoke.  But the evidence suggests that the power of the bankers was even greater than just over the local Jewish authorities.  Undoubtedly, Pilate and the ruling Roman authorities were somewhat subservient to the bankers as well. 

 

Like the NT account reads, Pilate and particularly his wife wanted to let YESHUA go.  But there was a force at work which effectively blocked Pilate’s will.  Many would accuse the incited mob for this pressure.  But would a gang of Judean rioters in Jerusalem been sufficient to cause the Roman Governor to back off from his own wishes?  It’s doubtful that Pilate would have given in to just a single mob.  

 

There had to be a bigger power involved than just an incited mob of local people.  Pilate was a big shot and he had a Roman army at his hand to arrest and execute the mob if it got out of hand.  Surely, he ruled the local people with a iron fist and would not have put up with any open rebellion from a wild mob (if he did so, he would have lost the control of Rome over the population). 

 

But if the international bank ran by the Amalekites in Jerusalem had a banking branch in Rome (as mentioned above and elsewhere herein), it’s extremely likely that some of the Roman leaders in Rome were subservient to the bankers as well. 

 

 

Banking Background 

 

As discussed above and in other comments herein, commerce, trade and banking operations were well established realities of the Babylonian empire (“Encyclopaedia Judaica,” v. 16, p. 1271).  From there, the returning Jews, Kenites, Canaanites and others brought the concepts of banking and commerce back to Palestine (Neh 5:1-10). 

 

Since the Amalekites were closely allied with the Babylonians, it is clear that they also learned about the same evil practices--probably directly from the Babylonians in Babylon or from the Kenites and others returning to Palestine after the release by Cyrus. 

 

These same practices quickly became the reality of the Greek empire from the time of Alexander the Great and thereafter (“Encyclopaedia Judaica,” v. 4, p. 166 & v. 16, p 1273). 

 

Certainly, the large, international bank in the Temple complex started early and clearly by the Greek era because Alexander and his successors encouraged exchanges and commerce between the different provinces (ibid, v. 16, p. 1272).  With the arrival of the Roman Empire in the first century BCE, international trade, commerce and banking operations were in place from the Greek era.  They continued on forward until today. 

 

Manifestly, there were banks throughout the Roman Empire.  The only question about them is whether they were owned and/or controlled by Amalek-Edomites or other non-Amalekite parties. 

 

 

Yes, Amalekite Banks Throughout the Empire 

 

Besides the Jerusalem Temple bank, it is clear from history that the Jews (likely Amalekites, by the first century CE) did have a number of banking operations on-going in the Roman Empire in the NT era.  For example, Alfred Edersheim mentions the great Jewish banking and shipping house of Saramalla in Antioch (“The Life and Times of Jesus The Messiah,” p. 43). 

 

Edersheim also describes a very famous and large Jewish banking operation in Alexandria, Egypt in Second Temple days (“Sketches of Jewish Social Life,” p. 191).  “Encyclopaedia Judaica” (v. 16, p. 1277) notes this Jewish banking operation in Alexandria and quotes an early papyrus of 41 CE (from an Alexandrian merchant to a friend) which said “to beware of the Jews,” in the context of their banking operations. 

 

“Encyclopaedia Judaica” (v. 16, p. 1277) discusses this Jewish Alexandrian bank in some detail (which was run by Alexander, a brother of the famous writer Philo).  Although some might try to argue that Philo and Alexander were not Edomites (surely, they were at least part Amalek-Edomite, Canaanite or Kenite), the very power of this bank suggests that it was essentially owned and managed by children of Satan. 

 

This Alexandrian bank loaned the Amalek-Edomite Agrippa I some 200,000 sesterces (about $30,000), much of which was to be paid out from the bank’s Italian branch office in Putoli-Dikaerchia--which must have been an area in the vicinity of Rome (quoting Josephus, Ant., 18:160). 

 

 

The Rome Tie

 

The banker Alexander was also the steward of Antonia, mother of the Emperor Claudius (ibid, v. 16, p. 1278).  Thus, apparent Amalekite, Canaanite or Kenite, Jewish bankers had their spurs or claws hooked into the Roman Emperor’s personal household and family at a very early time. 

 

Surely, the Emperors, Senators and other Roman leaders needed, sought and borrowed Amalekite/Satanic money for a long period of time (just as rulers have routinely done so throughout the civilized, Christian West for the last 2,000 years). 

 

Consequently, the evidence is massive that Amalekite/Satanic, Jewish bankers had banking operations on-going in Rome, as well as throughout the Roman Empire in the first century CE.  Likely, they were everywhere (just like today)! 

 

The possibility of one or more Amalekite/Satanic banks and branches in Rome, which were fully locked in with the ruling Roman elite, is entirely logical and makes total sense.  Maybe Pilate (and other Roman dignitaries in the other provinces) had his marching orders from Rome to march to the tune piped by the Amalekite bankers.  So he did! 

 

As suggested above, the evidence is persuasive that full service banking (commercial and international) was an established reality throughout the Roman Empire by the first century CE.  The only question is one of trying to determine how many of these banks were in the hands of Amalekite Jews.  Certainly, many or perhaps even most of them were! 

 

 

The Amalekite Herods, Revisited 

 

Inevitably, one must always wonder how it was and why it happened that the Roman government gave up so much power in Palestine to the Amalekites--starting to some extent from the time of Antipater (c48 BCE) and especially on forward with his son, Herod the Great (during the years 46-4 BCE). 

 

With the assumption of power, old Herod and his ruling descendants were given the right to plunder the people through taxation (which they did!).  This was one of the reasons why the people hated the tax collectors so much.  The question must always be asked why particularly that the Amalekite Herod was allowed so much control over Judea and Palestine in the generic sense. 

 

After all, Herod certainly was no racial or true ethnic Jew.  At best, he was a half-Jew (religiously).  Though he pretended to be of the Jewish religion (like other Amalekites), surely no one would honestly try to contend that he was a genuine religious Jew.  With his diabolical evil and wretchedness, it must be concluded that he was an absolute son of Satan--both physically and religiously.  There is no other option on him. 

 

Herod’s rule has to be one of the great paradoxes of history and especially in view of the fact that Rome would have wanted peace and harmony in the province. 

 

The very imposition of an alien Amalekite master over Judea opened the door to trouble down the road.  This transfer of power to the Amalekite Herod makes no sense at all, unless it is placed in the vein of Amalekite bankers/masters calling the shots in Rome and probably throughout much of the empire (as is true in the American empire today). 

 

Of course, there was ensuing trouble over the years (although Herod usually sustained his office and power by utter brutality, oppression and murder).  The people were literally afraid of him.  Too, he perceptively undertook a massive rebuilding of the Temple which certainly satisfied some of them.  However, the feelings of the people did ultimately explode in the Jewish Roman War of 66-73 CE. 

 

 

The Environment in Judea 

 

Just as Amalekite bankers and masters operate from behind the scenes today and use prostitute politicians and other leaders out front, the same thing must have existed in the first century CE.  On this theme, there was at least one event in the Roman war which really spelled out the reality of who was secretly calling the shots in Palestine for all those years that the Amalekite Herods were around (c46 BCE to 73 CE).

 

In “Judaism from Cyrus to Hadrian” (p. 416), Lester L. Grabbe described this event in his discussion on the environment in the 60s CE. 

 

Although there was some wealth in Judea, there was a problem in the distribution of wealth in that there were very few rich people and most everyone else was poor.  It was the poor who bore the blunt of taxation (which was regressive and excessive).  It is no wonder that tax collectors were so hated and despised. 

 

The situation in Judea in the first century CE was much like it is today in modern America.  The rich get richer and the poor get poorer under oppressive taxation.  Just like tax collectors were hated in those days, the same is true today with the Internal Revenue Service. 

 

In order to pay the taxes and try to live, the people became heavily in debt to the bankers who were a part of the wealthy few.  As Grabbe indicates, one of the first things some of the common people did (once anarchy and rebellion took over in Jerusalem in 66 CE) was to burn the debt records (“Judaism from Cyrus to Hadrian,” p. 416). 

 

As a minimum, the people invaded the Temple’s bank and burned the records there.  Grabbe didn’t give the details on this rebellion against the banking creditors, but it is possible to go to other sources and put together the big picture.  In any case, this event proved the power of the bankers over the people and the hatred that the common man had for them and their operations (much like in the 1930s). 

 

Obviously, by the first century BCE, the Amalekite bankers were certainly moving in the circles of power in Jerusalem and Alexandria and likely in Rome as well (especially, if they had a banking branch there).  Being Amalekites, they undoubtedly helped the Amalekite Herod in some way in his take-over of parts of Palestine.  Certainly, he and his cousins in the Herodian sect were linked in with the Amalekite bankers. 

 

 

A Religious Take-Over as Well 

 

The Amalekites were bleeding the people dry through excessive taxation and oppression.  They took over (at least, with direct or indirect control and management) the whole Jerusalem structure to include the Sanhedrin, the priesthood, the Kenite scribes, the Shammai Pharisee leadership and on and on.  These Amalekites were getting richer and richer as the people got poorer and poorer (much like today). 

 

Even when Rome ostensibly took back control of Judea in the early first century CE (following the death of old Herod the Great), the truth was that Herod’s sons were ever in the background and still calling many of the shots in the context of the Sanhedrin and Jewish power circles (as discussed previously herein).  No wonder the Jewish authorities pushed the Nazarene Jews out of the synagogues (as discussed earlier). 

 

It was this ever present, secret, Amalekite, power structure which allowed the Herods to pack the religious hierarchy with Amalekite, Kenite and Canaanite persons or supporters.  In other words, the true Jews had completely lost control of their entire situation. 

 

When YESHUA came to the headquarters of this Amalekite power operation (at the bank at the Temple) and began upsetting tables and declaring a vocal war of words against the Amalekites (as the NT repeatedly proves when He so often called them sons of Satan, vipers, dogs, swine, hypocrites and workers of evil), they quickly marked Him for death.  Since they were the people in charge, He was to die! 

 

 

Josephus, Revisited 

 

The probability that the Amalekite bankers had a branch operation in Rome (besides the one at Putoli-Dikaerchia) in the first century CE gains much support from the great Jewish historian Josephus--not because of what Josephus said; but rather, because of what he carefully did not say. 

 

Josephus was a cohen and an educated man who was also descended from the once ruling Hasmonean family.  The evidence is persuasive that he was a true, genuine, racial Israelite who knew much about what all was going on in the Roman Empire. 

 

Being born in Judea in 37 CE, he grew up in and certainly understood much about the conflict between the true Jews versus the Amalekite pretenders.  During his life in Palestine (before he went to Rome, after the fall of Jerusalem in 70 CE), he must have known and understood the situation with the Amalekites. 

 

Certainly, he was educated about their great evil, as readily discussed and known among the Jews of those days (as demonstrated in other chapters heretofore on the enormous citations and comments about the Amalekites in the Talmud, Pesikta De-Rab Kahana’s work on synagogue discussions on Sabbaths and festivals, the Qumran theology, the Targums and remarks found in the NT). 

 

 

A Strange Response 

 

The Scriptures (OT and NT) and early Jewish literature are pregnant with condemnations of the evils of the Amalekites.  Yet, when historian Josephus goes to Rome and starts writing his history about the Jews, he says little or nothing about them (except in a matter of fact style of reporting history). 

 

He writes a little more on the generic Idumeans, but really nothing in the way of condemnation, as should be true based upon the then contemporary Jewish hatred for the Edomites generally and Amalekites particularly (as evident in the early Jewish writings). 

 

Therefore, the question must be asked as to why Josephus would write his history of the Jews and seemingly go out of the way to avoid criticizing and condemning the great evil of the Amalekites who had completely infiltrated and taken over the Jewish society in the first century CE? 

 

There is only one plausible reason that a person of the caliber and background of Josephus would seemingly go out of his way to be good to the Amalekite pretenders and bankers in Palestine, who were the epitome of evil (as outlined in the Scriptures and early Jewish writings). 

 

The reason for this silence is obvious.  The Amalekite bankers were running the show in Rome, just as they were in Alexandria and Jerusalem.  The population (including Josephus) was afraid of them.  Josephus knew what he had to do to survive.  He knew that he would have to bite his lip and keep his mouth shut in order to avoid enormous personal trouble and perhaps death. 

 

He toed the line--just like most modern historians will do today.  All of them know that they can be destroyed if they are not very careful in what they say about the ruling Amalekite Jew bankers/masters.  The same situation obviously prevailed in Rome in the first century CE. 

 

 

The Obvious 

 

It is extremely plausible (in fact, almost a certainty) that when YESHUA upset the wicked activities of the Amalekite bankers that they immediately contacted the local “prostitute” politicians and preachers (many of whom were Amalekite Herodian priests and Kenite scribes) with a demand that something be done to protect their property and interests. 

 

Even for the non-Herodian Yehudahites (most of whom were janissaries), money talks (as will be later proven).  It does today in Christendom--just as it has done so for the last 2,500 years.  Therefore, it wasn’t just the Herodian Sadducean leadership that wanted YESHUA dead.  As the NT Scriptures put it, it was the “chief priests, scribes and chief of the people” who sought to slay Him (Lu 19:47). 

 

Please note that this indictment included both religious leaders and secular leaders (the chief of the people). 

 

In other words, almost everybody in authority wanted Him dead.  Since the Amalekite money power was well established and since this force assuredly called the shots in Judea, it is certain that even the non-Edomite religious leaders (chief priests and scribes) also took orders and marched to the tune that the bankers piped. 

 

It must be noted that the money power was surely synonymous with or very close to the Herodians, discussed previously (which were largely or totally Amalekites).  Racially, the Herodians, the Amalekite bankers and the main leaders in Judea were all clannish Amalekites.  They were the people in real charge in late Second Temple days, just as they have been in charge in America in the 20th and early 21st centuries. 

 

 

The Evil Herodians 

 

Thus, not only did YESHUA have constant problems with certain Judean Pharisees (apparently Shammai and Haverim) and the scribes (the Kenites), but the Herodians were also His arch enemies (Mk 3:6). 

 

In fact, just before His death, it was some of the Pharisees (surely Shammai and/or Haverim) and certain Herodians who tried to entrap Him and set Him up to be killed (Matt 22:15-16; Mk 12:13). 

 

So the Amalek-Herodians had taken over the Sadducean priesthood (as Clarence Wagner allows, discussed earlier) and were in league with the influential and powerful Shammai and/or Haverim Pharisees and the chiefs of the people.  They were jointly the arch enemies of YESHUA and His work and commission.  Most of this crowd were Amalekites.  Even many of the non-Amalekites were janissaries. 

 

Despite this extreme hatred that the bankers and their evil supporters had for The MESSIAH, He generally had a lot of support among the common Jewish people--manifestly the persons of the Hillel Pharisee persuasion (Matt 21:45-46; 26:1-5; Mk 11:18; 12:12; 14:1; Lu 22:1).  He was one of them and they were generally His friends. 

 

However, when the chips were down, the Amalekite bankers and Amalekite Herodians and their prostitute lackeys among the true Jews (janissary robots) were able to incite the democratic mob into a rage to demand His death (Matt 27:20-24; Mk 15:11-15). 

 

While the racial makeup of the mob is not totally clear, it is certain that they were essentially Judeans for sure (and not racial or religious Jews, as described in former chapters). 

 

Being Judeans, they probably were Amalekites (in the form of the Herodians), Kenites and other nokri/nekar aliens.  It is very possible that there were no true racial or religious Jews in the crowd at all (though there may have been some Amalekite Herodians in the mob, who were posing as and pretending to be Shammai Pharisees or Sadducees).  Correctly, this mob was a Judean mob and not a Jewish one. 

 

The Edomite character in the murderers of YESHUA was amply brought out in Psalms 22:15-20, as was briefly cited above and in previous chapters.  This famous Psalm by David clearly brings out the role of dogs (which the Book defines as Edomites, per a previous discussion) in the execution of The MESSIAH. 

 

In Psalms 22:16, the song specifically ties the Edomite dogs to the assembly of the wicked who had encompassed YESHUA.  While Roman soldiers may have done the actual execution, the clear truth is manifest that Edomite dogs were really the people behind it.  And yes, these dogs did exercise power over the situation (Ps 22:20). 

 

 

Qumran, Revisited 

 

Incidentally, earlier chapters focused on the believed Essene sect at Qumran and their strong opposition to the Judean Jews in control of the Temple and power structure in Jerusalem.  Because of the racial/ethnic people in charge in Jerusalem, the Qumran people would not go there to worship, nor would they offer any support for them at all. 

 

It appears that the problem which the Essenes had with the Jerusalem Jews may be the same as that which YESHUA had with them.  The Jewish power structure in Jerusalem was in the hands of Amalek-Edomite bankers and fat cats (the sons of darkness and/or children of the Devil) who ruled over Jewish secular and religious affairs (similar to the US situation in the early 21st century, to be later proven). 

 

Positively, the believed Essene community at Qumran was absolutely opposed to the power structure in control of the Jerusalem Temple.  The Essenes referred to these leaders as the sons of darkness--surely, from the perspective that they were non-Israelite peoples who had been illegally converted to Judaism in contradiction of the Scriptures. 

 

As noted previously, these Qumran remarks on the sons of darkness were clearly suggestive of the Amalek-Edomites.  An ancient Jewish Midrash from Qumran went on to affirm that the Jerusalem Temple was polluted (“Judaism and the Origins of Christianity,” p. 102).  Is it not very plausible that this Essene attitude was predicated upon the Amalek-Edomite bankers and their operations at the Temple? 

 

Earlier, Zechariah 14:21 was quoted in saying that there shall be no more the Canaanite in the future Millennial Temple.  Assuredly, mixed Edomite-Hittite (Canaanite) peoples are addressed in this text in the apparent context that Canaanites had illegally been in the First and/or Second Temples--either as worshippers or more likely as Temple officials, priests, bankers, etc. 

 

Interestingly, this remark connects with a significant Jewish Midrash from Qumran which focused on II Samuel 7:6-16 with an interpretation on the sons of wickedness in the context of a future cleansed Temple (“Judaism and the Origins of Christianity,” p. 101). 

 

An English translation of this Midrash reads “The future Temple is the House where there shall not enter any one in whose flesh there is a permanent blemish and an Ammonite and a Moabite and a bastard (evidently, from the Hebrew mamzer, previously described) and an alien (perhaps from the Hebrew nokri, commented upon earlier) for ever and ever for His holy ones...” 

 

This phrase on the sons or children of wickedness in II Samuel 7:10 was discussed in a prior chapter heretofore in the context of the evil Amalekites who rule over and oppress and persecute the people of the House of Yisrael in the age end.  YHWH has granted this power to the Amalekites in the age end because the people of Yisrael are evil themselves.  It is a type of judgment upon them. 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Chapter 347--The Murderers of YESHUA II

 

 

Real Reasons For YESHUA’s Death 

 

The most important issue in the prior presentations on the New Covenant and reconciliation concerns the question of why YESHUA The MESSIAH really had to die or why His death was preordained or allowed to take place?  Beyond what has been said so far, what situations or conditions existed in Palestine 2,000 years ago or subsequently to have precipitated His death? 

 

Well, there seems to be some obviously clear answers to that issue.  Of course, there was the reality that the Temple sacrificial system was inadequate to really forgive the multitudes of sins among the people.  As noted earlier, the Israelites, in the flesh, were gross sinners of the worst kind back then--just as they are today. 

 

Almost all people live life with multitudes of sins being committed (literally, in the hundreds of thousands or millions).  Simply stated, there were not enough sheep and goats, practically speaking, to be sacrificed to pay for this multitude of sins for the typical one person--even if the sins were of the caliber to allow a Temple sacrifice. 

 

Of course, most of us commit sins which could not be covered by the Temple sacrifice system anyway.  Hence, the Temple sacrificial operation was actually quite inadequate to grant forgiveness to gross sinners and this would be especially true today where the prevailing Christian culture operates in total rebellion and contempt towards YHWH’s Torah. 

 

Therefore, the people have historically lived and thrived upon rebellion.  So the Old Covenant couldn’t hack it without some fundamental changes being made among the people.  Again, the problem was not with the covenant.  It rested with the people (who were sinners, just as people are sinners today). 

 

YESHUA’s death to forgive all past sins and the actions of The Spirit of EL to grant repentance, faith, reconciliation and conversion appear to be the methods chosen to provide a basic clean up of the Israelite sinners.  However, there was still more problems. 

 

 

Results of the Divorce 

 

Under the Old Covenant, YHWH was married to Yisrael.  But Yisrael turned to harlotry.  So YHWH divorced her.  And here was a dilemma.  YAH’s law says that a divorced woman (who goes to another man, perhaps in a new and different marriage or possibly even without marriage, but just in a state of adultery) can “never” return to her divorcing husband (Deut 24:1-4; Matt 5:32; 19:9). 

 

Some students of the Book interpret this text to demand that an unclean woman be divorced automatically with no option for reconciliation.  David probably had some cognizance of this law when he refused to go back into sexual relations with his ten concubines after they were violated by Absalom (II Sam 15:16; 16:21-22; 20:3). 

 

Also, being aware of the law, Yirmeyahu wrote some similar remarks and directly linked them to the situation between YHWH and Yisrael (Jer 3:1).  Can fornicating Yisrael ever return to YHWH after He divorced her?  Well, the answer is no! 

 

 

How Yisrael Can Return to Her Husband 

 

So the Apostle Shaul came along several hundred years later and clarified an interesting little point about YAH’s laws.  He correctly observed that a woman is bound by the law to her husband as long as her husband “lives.”  If the husband should “die,” then the woman is loosed from that law (Rom 7:1-3). 

 

Perhaps this law of marriage can be over-ridden by a divorce, although Shaul’s remarks may not be clear on this question and particularly as they relate to Deuteronomy 24:1-4.  Nevertheless, the point is well made that death for certain seems to sever all links between the man and his wife. 

 

Thus, Yisrael was divorced, cut off and out in the world having illegitimate children.  By YHWH’s Word, it was His purpose to be married to Yisrael and to raise up His children through her.  Now, how can that be accomplished with the outstanding bill of divorcement against her and the mitzwah (Deut 24:1-4) that prevents her from returning to Him? 

 

 

The Answer is Death 

 

Well, YHWH had to die.  Therefore, He came to earth as YHWH YESHUA The MESSIAH and died so that Yisrael could be free of that outstanding note.  Once Yisrael was free and the old link between her and her husband had been severed, she can then be reconciled back to her former husband and married again. 

 

And that’s precisely what will happen in the millennium (Rev 21:2).  YHWH YESHUA has blotted out that outstanding bill of divorcement through His death.  With that note removed, He is now free to marry (or remarry) Yisrael and adopt as His Own, all of her illegitimate children born while she was in adultery.  These adopted children will be made His heirs and granted true sonship--just as if they were His Own. 

 

In this coming new covenant or marriage, things will be a little different.  YAH is not going to abolish His laws that define righteousness, nor is He going to change them to accommodate sinners.  In truth, He will write His laws into the minds and hearts of the people of the House of Yisrael so that they will start obeying them in the new marriage. 

 

 

Jeremiah 31:22 Revisited 

 

Perhaps it is this environment (of Yisrael learning to stop sinning) which precipitates the situation discussed in an earlier chapter where the female Yisrael shall actually compass (woo, win back and deserve the love of) her Husband YHWH YESHUA (Jer 31:22, per “The Amplified Bible”). 

 

Obviously, such a predicament is totally out of the question as long as Yisrael is wallowing in sin, as she has done so for the past 2,700 years.  But there is a coming day when Yisrael will learn to stop sinning.  Perhaps the catalyst for such a wonderful eventuality is the coming time of Yakov’s Trouble and the great tribulation.  Truly, Yisrael will ultimately stop sinning--obviously, after much trial, chastisement and punishment.  

 

 

The Responsible Killers 

 

Another profound note on this death of YESHUA needs mention.  In an earlier chapter, reference was made to Acts 2 and 4 and some remarks made by Kefa suggesting that persons of the House of Yisrael were involved in the impalement of The MESSIAH.  As noted in those previous comments, a reader of Acts must find it curious and interesting that that revelation materialized. 

 

On the day of Shavuot, Kefa said that “you men of Yisrael” are responsible for the death of The SON OF ADAM (Acts 2:22-23) and continued with a more precise statement suggesting that the collective House of Yisrael (as stupid blind followers of the money power) carried out that execution, as propelled by the bankers (Acts 2:36). 

 

In still one more statement soon thereafter, Kefa was once again quite explicit in charging that Herod and Pilate and the ethnesi, kai (even, namely) the people of Yisrael, were gathered together against The ANOINTED ONE (Acts 4:27)--yes, as dumb sheep following (obeying) the apparent Amalek-Edomite and/or Kenite bankers. 

 

Significantly, this presentation by Kefa included some preparatory remarks in the context which identified the men of Judea (true Jews from the just listed places [Acts 2:9-11] in the Roman Empire?) and those persons living in Jerusalem (Edomite Jews?) in a separate context (Acts 2:14).  In other words, Kefa evidently differentiated between the collective Yehudim, the people of Jerusalem and the House of Yisrael. 

 

Elsewhere, the New Testament abundantly established the guilt of the Jews (at least the Judeans in Jerusalem) in agitating and calling for the execution of YESHUA (Matt 27:20-23).  In that context, the Jewish leadership (mainly Edomites and/or Kenites?) was the brains and principle antagonists while the rest of the Judean lynch mob seemed to have joined in after some inflammatory prodding by the leaders. 

 

But the actual death sentence was, of course, carried out by Pilate (probably an Israelite of the lost tribes, as outlined earlier in this work) and the Roman soldiers (also probably Israelites of the lost tribes, as discussed previously, in an interpretation of Romans 4:1 and 9:3-7). 

 

The point of this finding is that it seems highly probable that the actual persons carrying out the killing of YESHUA were Israelites of the House of Yisrael. 

 

This whole scenario appears absolutely incredible.  YHWH came to earth as The Man YESHUA with the Good News message in order to redeem lost Yisrael, provide a substitute sacrifice for those Israelites, and adopt them as His Own children and heirs, despite the fact that they were born illegitimately from an adulterous, harlot mother. 

 

 

How the House of Yisrael Reacted 

 

What was the reaction of those individuals of the House of Yisrael? He came for them, and they killed Him.  They joined in with the true Jews and Amalek-Edomites in executing Him by impalement on a cruel stake of death.  Not only did those people join together to kill Him, but Kefa made it clear that “all” of the House of Yisrael was responsible (Acts 2:36; 4:24-27). 

 

The “all” used by Kefa here includes all of the people of the House of Yisrael of all ages and times for the past 2,700 years (since the divorce). 

 

In truth, His death was necessitated and prompted by the whole House of Yisrael (who He came to and for in order to grant them repentance and reconciliation, per His original commission) and not just the few persons directly involved in the actual impalement (Ps 2:2; I Cor 15:3; Rev 1:5).  Can all of these participants ultimately be forgiven?  Assuredly yes, because of the reality of ignorance! 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Chapter 348--The JFK Murder

 

 

John F. Kennedy 

 

This writer was no fan of John F Kennedy.  He was a very bad president and brought much harm to this nation.  He was much like Bill Clinton, except he had substantially more brains and was far more subtle and discrete in his dishonesty and immorality.  Despite his great evil and wickedness, the United States was grossly hurt by his death on Nov 22, 1963.  Lyndon Johnson was far worse. 

 

While there have been many different adjectives, phrases and descriptions which have characterized the historic Jack Kennedy, perhaps the most relevant word or concept of all has to be “deception” and his extraordinary success and ability at deceiving people for ages (tragically, even in death).  Admittedly, Slick Clinton is a master at deception as well.  But Jack was better. 

 

During WWII, Kennedy was commanding a PT boat (#109) for the US Navy in 1943 in the South Pacific.  One night, while in a combat zone in the Solomon Islands, he was sound asleep in his boat.  All of his crew were likewise asleep, drunk or otherwise out.  His boat collided with a Japanese ship.  PT 109 sank.  Two of his 12 man crew were killed.  The survivors made it to a nearby island and were eventually rescued. 

 

Kennedy was cited for gallantry and awarded the Navy-Marine Corps medal for heroism.  Soon, the story was out that he courageously rammed the Japanese ship to sink it.  He quickly gained a reputation for bravery which gave him his first big lift into American politics after the war.  Once Hollywood had made a movie of his alleged gallantry in action, Jack looked invincible. 

 

 

The Murder 

 

With JFK’s death, the world was immediately told that a lone Communist drifter named Lee Harvey Oswald committed the act.  One of the most fantastic and far reaching cover-ups in American history then occurred with the incredible farce of the Warren Commission--which did little or nothing except to lie, deceive and cover-up one of the most manifest conspiracies since the establishment of the Federal Reserve Bank. 

 

No public official was much interested in any other explanation or option, beyond blaming Oswald--save New Orleans District Attorney Jim Garrison, who believed that a New Orleans based conspiracy planned and executed the murder.  Garrison ended up trying one person in 1969 (Clay Shaw, alias Clay Bertrand, to be shortly profiled), but he was acquitted. 

 

However, it is important to note that not only did Garrison’s grand jury believe that there was a conspiracy, but the actual trial jury members who acquitted Shaw expressed their opinion in a poll that Kennedy’s death did involve a conspiracy of people. 

 

By 1979, the US House Select Committee on the JFK Assassination also concluded that the shooting involved at least two gunmen in a conspiracy.  But the House made no effort to follow up or investigate leads.  So the issue quickly died out. 

 

To really appreciate what precipitated this collusion, it is necessary to take a careful look at the evil and wretched Kennedy (an apparent Edomite, from his Irish Phoenician genealogy).  Jack’s family made its fortune in illegal gangland operations back in the days of prohibition.  John Kennedy, like his father Joe, was closely allied to the Mob (the Mafia, Syndicate or National Commission). 

 

The evidence is overwhelming that Kennedy used his links to Sam Giancana, Mafia boss in Chicago, to win his election in 1960 (allegedly, with the help and influence of Frank Sinatra). 

 

Reportedly, Giancana fixed the Chicago vote which gave Kennedy the Illinois electoral vote, and with alleged fraud in San Antonio, the election.  Recent revelations now indicate that when Kennedy got one of his mistresses pregnant, he called upon his friend and colleague Giancana to arrange for an abortion. 

 

The balance of this presentation on the Kennedy killing has been largely ascertained and compiled from the following home video sources-- “JFK” in 1991; “The JFK Assassination” (the Jim Garrison Tapes) in 1992; “The JFK Conspiracy” in 1992; “JFK, Hoffa and the Mob” in 1993; “Executive Action” in 1973; “The Men Who Killed Kennedy” in 1995; and “Lee Oswald, JFK & Me” in 1995. 

 

Also, these books were consulted-- “Assignment:  Oswald” by James P. Hosty Jr; “Best Evidence” by David S. Lifton; “Contract on America” by David E. Scheim; “The Dark Side of Camelot” by Seymour M. Hersh; “The Day Kennedy Was Shot by Jim Bishop; “Oswald’s Tale” by Norman Mailer; “Flashback” by Ron Lewis; “It Didn’t Start With Watergate” by Victor Lasky; “Kill Zone” by Craig Roberts; “On the Trail of the Assassin” by Jim Garrison. “Final Judgment” by Michael Collins Piper; “The Elite Serial Killers of Lincoln, JFK, RFK & MLK,” by Robert Gaylon Ross Sr; “The Texas Connection,” by Craig I. Zirbel; and “The Official Warren Commission Report on the Assassination of President John F. Kennedy.” 

 

 

Operation 40 and Operation Mongoose 

 

Starting in the Eisenhower administration, ruling plutocrats (especially Amalekite bankers) seem to have had “some” concern over the takeover of Cuba by Fidel Castro and the establishment of Communism this close to America’s shore in 1959.  FIdel’s closure of the Mob’s crime operations and casinos in Cuba (owned by the two Lansky brothers--Meyer and Jake, mentioned earlier) surely concerned them. 

 

Though the Amalekite plutocrats historically had financed Communism and had had enormous power over the Soviet Union, Fidel was a little unpredictable and may not have willingly jumped when they spoke. 

 

Consequently, planning commenced in about 1959-1960 on a CIA “Operation 40” scheme to oppose and hurt Castro and Cuba (as supervised by the CIA’s 5412 Committee).  This operation included a propaganda project (evidently called JM/WAVE) and a planned Cuban exile invasion of the island to bring Castro down (code-named ZAPATA).  In time, a plan developed to kill Castro. 

 

Liberal writers and analysts, who have been totally obsessed with the glory and greatness of the Kennedys, cannot allow the possibility to enter their minds that it was JFK who commenced the first organized efforts to assassinate Castro.  But this appears to be the truth. 

 

These liberals insist on arguing that this murder project started under Richard Nixon and the Eisenhower administration in the late summer and fall of 1960 as a part of Operation 40.  But there are no proofs to support this allegation at all--even by the famous Church Senate Intelligence Committee hearings in the 1970s (“It didn’t Start With Watergate,” p. 100-102). 

 

 

Murder Incorporated 

 

Although the first CIA labors to assassinate Castro may have (but very doubtfully) commenced under Operation 40 in 1960, it was John F. Kennedy in 1961 who clearly set up the first formal CIA executive action organization in the form of the ZR/Rifle Program (meaning murder and assassination). 

 

Upon becoming president in Jan 1961, Kennedy appointed a CIA official named William K. Harvey to manage the ZR/Rifle Program in Washington (per Hersh, in “Dark Side of Camelot,” p. 186-188).  Harvey was initially tasked to assassinate Raphael Trujillo of the Dominican Republic and Patrice Lumumba of the Congo and in time President Ngo Dinh Diem of South Vietnam and Castro. 

 

While the better view is that Kennedy established ZR/Rifle in early 1961, Victor Lasky seems to date it later, at least in the context of Castro.  But Lasky could have the date wrong.  He gives the details on the decision to kill Castro as happening when Robert Kennedy contacted Major General Edward Lansdale about such an effort--presumably, in the summer of 1962 (“It Didn’t Start With Watergate,” p. 86). 

 

Lansdale was supposed to be an Assistant to the Secretary of Defense.  But he apparently worked on black projects for the CIA.  If Lasky’s 1962 date is correct, it might be that the Castro effort was not originally a part of the 1961 ZR/Rifle Program. 

 

Perhaps Kennedy established Murder Incorporated in early 1961 with its initial focus on Trujillo and Lumumba.  Maybe the decision to add Castro did occur in mid 1962, as suggested by Lasky.  In any case, Lansdale contacted Harvey in 1961 or 1962 and the effort on Castro commenced. 

 

Operation ZAPATA collapsed on the beaches of Cuba in the context of the Bay of Pigs fiasco on April 17, 1961, when President Kennedy canceled needed air support.  Thereupon, Kennedy terminated Operation 40 and launched at least three new initiatives--two involving the CIA and the third one focusing on the US military. 

 

Much of the two new CIA efforts were directly focused upon an undeclared war on Cuba.  This JFK war on Cuba was to soon to be enormous in scope and cost the US taxpayers $100 million annually (“It Didn’t Start With Watergate,” p. 85). 

 

 

Operation Mongoose

 

First, JFK set up a new, US based, CIA operation called “Operation Mongoose” by early January 1962 with tentacles in New Orleans, Louisiana; Miami, Florida; and Guatemala. 

 

The goal of Mongoose was to undercut and hurt Cuba--to include another para-military invasion to succeed the failed Bay of Pigs.  The Washington manager of Mongoose was the above mentioned General Edward Geary Lansdale (“Camelot,” p. 283). 

 

Apparently, ZR/Rifle and Operation Mongoose (as well as its predecessor, Operation 40) were largely different CIA programs, although they had clear connections (and evidently most or all of them were managed initially by the CIA’s 5412 Committee).  In terms of Castro and Cuba, ZR/Rifle was probably closely linked to Operation Mongoose. 

 

The US government boss of Mongoose in New Orleans was probably the above mentioned Clay Shaw, the alleged CIA station chief or senior contract agent.  He apparently supervised a government run operation on Lafayette Street in New Orleans under Guy Banister who operated a private detective agency there as a front.  Banister had been the former FBI Bureau Chief in Chicago. 

 

Banister seems to have directed a two prong operation out of his Lafayette Street offices.  On the one hand, he supervised an anti-Castro apparatus involving David Ferrie, a former Eastern Airlines pilot, and a gang of Cuban exiles. 

 

On the other hand, Banister later simultaneously managed or coordinated Lee Harvey Oswald in a pro-Castro operation which fronted on Camp Street (but actually, out of Banister’s same offices, which were accessible from both streets of the corner building allegedly owned by CIA supervisor E. Howard Hunt, to be later addressed). 

 

The connections between Oswald and the Banister operation were well established by the Garrison investigation.  Apparently, Oswald joined the Banister team when he came to New Orleans in April 1963. 

 

Ferrie was to acknowledge to Garrison investigator Lou Ivon that he, Shaw, Oswald, Banister and the Cubans were all working for the CIA at the Banister offices on Camp and Lafayette Streets.  Certainly, the CIA paid the rent on Hunt’s Camp Street facilities. 

 

Later chapters herein will also outline a possible French connection to the actual JFK assassins.  It is interesting that Banister’s operation also seems to have had a French connection which still seems unclear to this writer (as mentioned by Ron Lewis and in “Final Judgment,” p. 299). 

 

 

The Homosexual Connections 

 

At least two witnesses (one named Perry Russo and another one--reportedly named Willy O’Keefe, per the “JFK” movie, or evidently more correctly William Morris, per “On the Trail of the Assassin,” p. 86) saw Oswald at homosexual parties with Shaw and Ferrie in the summer of 1963 where the assassination of Kennedy was allegedly discussed. 

 

A later photograph surfaced with Shaw, Ferrie and Oswald together with other people.  Manifestly, Oswald had clear ties to both Shaw and Ferrie. 

 

Oswald, as a fifteen year old boy, was a member of the Civil Air Patrol unit in New Orleans in about 1954-55.  Ferrie had been the head of the unit through 1954.  But there was some dispute about his Captain’s role with the organization in 1955. 

 

The FBI was to question Ferrie on Nov 27, 1963, about his Civil Air Patrol connections with Oswald (at the request of Jim Garrison), but Ferrie denied even knowing Oswald.  Evidently, the FBI accepted Ferrie’s words and did no follow up work on the lead (although a witness said that Ferrie wanted to search Oswald’s former New Orleans apartment after Lee was arrested in Dallas, but was not allowed to do so). 

 

Later photographs, reviewed on the TV program “Frontline” in 1993, showed both Ferrie and Oswald present with other Civil Air Patrol cadets in 1955.  So it is evident that Ferrie lied to the FBI about his patrol connections with Oswald.  There is no question but that Ferrie knew Oswald--in New Orleans (as early as 1954-1955), in Dallas (in 1962-1963), and again, in New Orleans in the Banister operation (in 1963). 

 

Much evidence has surfaced through the years establishing that Ferrie, Shaw and a number of the key players were homosexuals.  As noted earlier, the Amalekite Jack Ruby of Dallas was a homosexual, pimp and distributor of porno literature, besides his other illegal activities (“The Elite Serial Killers of Lincoln, JFK, RFK & MLK,” p. 137).   Thus, most of the key players in the murder were acknowledged faggots. 

 

Ferrie, a hypnotist, was known to prey upon and take advantage of young boys for homosexual purposes in his Civil Air Patrol unit (“Oswald’s Tale,” p. 618-619).  He was also known to encourage his cadets to enter the US military. 

 

Oswald’s lack of a father and proper parental supervision would have made him a very vulnerable candidate for Ferrie’s attentions and particularly while he was a member of the Civil Air Patrol.  It is plausible that Ferrie and Oswald had some very sick contacts as early as 1954-55. 

 

The later Warren Commission and writers like Norman Mailer would raise questions about Oswald’s homosexuality (“Oswald’s Tale,” p. 379).  Both Ferrie and Shaw (usually using his Bertrand alias) had homosexual parties in which they frolicked with young boys.  Since Oswald attended perhaps two or more of those parties, it does not speak well for him. 

 

For whatever the reason, Shaw, using his Bertrand alias, twice contacted New Orleans attorney Dean Andrews to represent Oswald in legal matters.  The first time, Andrews worked on a legal issue for the Oswalds and the second time came on Nov 23, 1963, when Bertrand contacted Andrews about representing Oswald in Dallas, after he was arrested. 

 

Shaw also tried to get Oswald a job in Clinton, LA with a state hospital there--perhaps following the shut down of Operation Mongoose, to be shortly discussed. 

 

The biographies and surveys of Oswald (like Norman Mailer’s “Oswald Tale”) generally convey the image of a person who was largely turned off on sex.  Unlike his Marine buddies, Oswald was evidently not sexually active in the service and even in Japan where the temptations were great.  Perhaps Oswald was a bisexual of sorts, who was largely disinterested and inactive in sex with but very few encounters. 

 

 

Federal Agent Oswald? 

 

Lee Oswald supposedly had been a Marxist who defected to Russia.  But he most likely was a federal undercover agent (a “dangle”) working for the Office of Naval Intelligence (ONI) for a stipend of $200 monthly (per Oswald’s mother and former CIA official Victor Marchetti, in the “JFK Conspiracy” video). 

 

Oswald’s CIA contact and handler in Louisiana, who seems to have given him his assignments and coordinated his activities, was apparently the previously mentioned E. Howard Hunt of later fame with the Watergate plumbers--which brought Nixon down. 

 

Hunt’s primary work was seemingly done elsewhere.  But when he was in New Orleans, he appears to have often shared the Camp Street offices with Oswald and Banister. 

 

In New Orleans, Oswald was also an informer for the FBI and worked through an FBI agent named Regis Kennedy (per Lou Ivon of the Garrison Task Force).  When Oswald was arrested for disturbing the peace in a confrontation with a Cuban dissident, FBI agent John Quigley visited Oswald during his confinement in jail (“On the Trail of the Assassin,” p. 25). 

 

While in the Marine Corps, Oswald had known a man named Roscoe White, who showed up in New Orleans in 1963 as a mobster with some connections to the Mongoose effort (per Ron Lewis).  Craig Roberts suggests that White was actually a CIA operative and a reported member of the ZR/Rifle Castro assassination unit (“Kill Zone,” p. 53). 

 

Oswald had at least two other connections to the New Orleans Mafia.  Lee’s uncle, friend and guardian of sorts was Charles “Dutch” Murret, a small time bookie and hood working under the Carlos Marcello Mob umbrella (to be later described).  Also, Lee’s mother Marguerite was a close friend of Sam Termine, a Marcello colleague  (“Contract on America,” p. 41-45). 

 

 

Further JFK Initiatives 

 

Another apparent later JFK initiative was to revise his ZR/Rifle Program.  By late 1961, Lumumba and Trujillo were both dead--because of direct or indirect CIA efforts to kill them.  That left Diem and Castro as the primary targets, although they may not have been formerly added by Kennedy to the murder list until 1962.  In terms of Diem, he was not successfully murdered until Nov 1, 1963. 

 

To deal with future planned assassinations, Kennedy established, in the fall of 1961, a Task Force W within the CIA and named Harvey to head it (“Dark Side of Camelot,” p. 192, 272).  The status of the former ZR/Rifle Program is unclear after the establishment of Task Force W. 

 

Probably, ZR/Rifle was a program which was continued and administered (along with other black projects) by the CIA organization called Task Force W.  It appears that Kennedy placed Task Force W under or directly linked it to Operation Mongoose at some point in time.

 

By December of 1962, Harvey left Task Force W.  He was replaced by Desmond FitzGerald of the CIA.  Though FitzGerald was with the CIA, he reported directly to Bobby Kennedy in the Justice Dept (“Dark Side of Camelot,” p. 377).  But he must have coordinated his work with the CIA’s Operation Mongoose. 

 

 

The US-Mob Links 

 

While there may have been some contacts between the CIA and the Mob during the Eisenhower years (especially, in late 1960 for the alleged assassination of Castro), the better view seems to be that most of the CIA-Syndicate agreements and work on Cuba commenced in Jan 1961 with the John F. Kennedy presidency (although there were earlier US-Mob connections under Roosevelt, to be discussed in a later chapter). 

 

For certain, Kennedy entered into an agreement with the Mafia for a joint CIA-Mob effort against Castro and Cuba as a part of Mongoose and ZR/Rifle.  Moreover, Michael Collins Piper makes the case that the Israeli Mossad was also closely connected to the Mob and CIA and seemingly participated in some joint operations (as will be discussed in a later chapter). 

 

Reportedly, the joint Mob-CIA effort against Cuba involved gun running to Cuba, dope smuggling, spying, sabotage, subversion and an assassination unit of at least 15 men set up to kill Castro (with perhaps more than one team--that apparently made most of the 26 attempts on Castro’s life, all of which failed, as outlined in a prior chapter). 

 

The essence of these operations was that they were financed by US taxpayer funds through the CIA--but involving people from the Mob, the CIA and various Cuban exile groups.  This operation may have included some personnel who floated back and forth between the CIA (as contract agents) and the Mafia, depending on work opportunities. 

 

Apparently, the CIA and the Syndicate willingly shared and switched the same employees around, based upon their particular needs at any given moment of time.  It is extremely plausible that some persons were simultaneously employees of both the Mob and the CIA (plus the Mossad) in the same time frame.  Sometimes, it might have been hard to determine exactly who they did work for. 

 

It appears that this joint US-Mob action against Cuba involved not only New Orleans Syndicate boss Carlos Marcello; but also, other key Mafia figures like Sam Giancana in Chicago, Santos Trafficante in Florida and Johnny Roselli in Las Vegas (“Contract on America,” p. 193; “Dark Side of Camelot,” p. 165). 

 

The Mob and CIA used at least two different people for liaison, contact and coordination.  They were Robert A. Maheu and Francisco Fiorini, better known in Watergate days under his alias Frank Sturgis (“Dark Side of Camelot,” p. 212; “Contract on America,” p. 189).  Fiorini’s background was with the Mob while Maheu’s links were to the CIA and FBI. 

 

Maheu, possibly in late 1960 or more likely in early 1961, set the whole CIA-Mob operation rolling by contacting Roselli initially; who, in turn, contacted his Mafia colleagues Giancana and Trafficante (“Kill Zone,” p. 44).  At some point in time, the effort was surely cleared or coordinated with Meyer Lansky and Syndicate headquarters in New York. 

 

 

The Mob’s Goals 

 

The initial ZR/Rifle organization (of Cuban gangsters) to kill Castro was established in Miami by Trafficante (“Kill Zone,” p. 45).  Most analysts believe that this organizational task occurred in 1961.  But in view of Victor Lasky’s summer 1962 date for the Robert Kennedy contact with General Lansdale, Trafficante’s Castro hit team may not have surfaced until 1962. 

 

Organized crime figures were actively participating in Mongoose because they wanted to get back into Cuba and this alternative seemed plausible and particularly if a successful invasion could be launched.  Too, they probably were raking off some of the taxpayer’s money in a government run scheme such as this one. 

 

E. Howard Hunt, mentioned above, may have been a senior CIA official who coordinated Mongoose and did leg work between officials in Washington and local New Orleans CIA people like Shaw.  Apparently, Hunt did have some role in the supervision of the Castro assassination unit, apparently then stationed in Miami, New Orleans and/or Mexico. 

 

 

David Ferrie, Revisited 

 

One of the key players with both the CIA and the Mob was the previously mentioned David Ferrie.  As pointed out earlier, Ferrie was known to be on the CIA payroll while he was in New Orleans working for Banister. 

 

The Jun 4, 2001, “Spotlight” (p. 10-11) had a report on an interview with author Daniel Hopsicker which was primarily focused upon the famous drug runner Barry Seal and his ties to the CIA (for awhile, Seal was an undercover operative for the US government), George H. W. Bush, Bill Clinton and the Mob.  Significantly, Barry Seal had some strange links to the JFK killing and with David Ferrie. 

 

Hopsicker saw a photo in the possession of Barry Seal’s widow, Debbie Seal.  The picture was made on Jan 21, 1963, at a Mexico City nightclub.  Ten men were in it--including Barry Seal, CIA agents Francisco Fiorini (alias Frank Sturgis) and William Houston Seymore (one of the alleged doubles for Lee Oswald, to be later discussed) and the infamous CIA assassin Felix Rodriguez (killer of Che Guevera). 

 

Not only because of this photo, but Barry Seal is important to the JFK killing because David Ferrie was the person who recruited Barry Seal to work for the CIA in its drug running program.  Since both Ferrie and Seal were pilots, they had some common ties.  And just as Ferrie was involved in the anti-Castro program, Seal likewise was a part of this effort (or at least, he was a pilot in the Bay of Pigs fiasco). 

 

Ferrie’s ties to the “spook” effort went back to WWII days when Ferrie became a member of the old OSS.  After the war, Ferrie continued his ties to the new CIA and worked with Mob boss Carlos Marcello (as will be covered in a later chapter). 

 

In any case, Hopsicker seems to build a case linking the CIA, the Mob and people like Ferrie, Seal and various CIA-Mob assets together in one enormous combine in running drugs into the US. 

 

Also, per the report, payoff money was made to Attorney General Edwin Meese, then Arkansas Governor Bill Clinton, Representative Tony Coehlo (later an aide to both Clinton and Gore), Louisiana Governor Edwin Edwards and possibly George H. W. Bush. 

 

It appears that the CIA-Mob links went back many years and involved the anti-Castro efforts, drug running and who knows what all else.  Clearly, a number of prominent politicians and government officials shared in the drug money.  In view of Robert Kennedy’s attack upon the Mob, maybe this whole story is just one more reason for the assassination of JFK. 

 

 

The Green Berets 

 

Another major new initiative by JFK involved the US military in the establishment of the guerrilla warfare and counter-insurgency school at Fort Bragg, NC.  The resulting US Army Special Forces would thereafter be available not only for Vietnam action, but also, around the world for subversion (as needed by the Kennedy brothers or their behind the scenes ruling plutocrats). 

 

Outside the United States, the Special Forces were to be accessible for use by the CIA in their conduct of terrorism, assassinations, sabotage, espionage, coups and black operations in general.  Inside the US, the CIA would supposedly continue to use the Mob for assassinations and domestic subversion. 

 

 

Project Freedom 

 

The Cuban Missile Crisis occurred in late Oct 1962.  As a result of this confrontation, Kennedy made an agreement with Soviet leader Nikita Khrushchev that if Moscow would remove her missiles from Cuba, the US would remove its Jupiter missiles from Turkey (“Camelot,” p. 365-374) and discontinue all efforts to invade Cuba and undercut or terminate the Castro government. 

 

While this agreement was made, Jack Kennedy had no plans at all to completely honor it.  He still wished to continue the on-going efforts to kill Castro and destabilize or invade Cuba, as opportunities would allow.  The problem was how to continue the scheme of subversion against Cuba without the Russians and Cubans finding out about his lying and double-crossing maneuvers. 

 

Also, by the late fall of 1962, it was obvious that Operation Mongoose had failed--just as Operation 40 failed earlier.  So this called for a new approach and new thinking. 

 

Kennedy had to hide his deceit from the American media and public, as well, in order to avoid a political confrontation with his Republican enemies.  He wanted to continue the Cuban subversion (for political objectives in the upcoming 1964 elections). 

 

But he wanted it to be so totally secret, clandestine and low profiled that almost no one would know about the project; and especially, if it failed again, in whole or in part, as with Operations 40 and Mongoose. 

 

Therefore, Jack started closing down Mongoose in the spring of 1963 and set up a brand new Cuban operation by September 1963.  Its exact name remains unclear.  But researchers, in the “Men Who Killed Kennedy,” referred to it as “Project Freedom.”  It was placed directly in the Office of the US Attorney General, under the personal supervision of brother Robert Kennedy. 

 

A former Bay of Pigs operator named Harry Williams reported to Bobby and directly ran the Cuban work out of the Attorney General’s office.  Evidently, the coordinating CIA official on Freedom was Charles Ford--but the effort was being run by the Justice Dept and not the CIA.  By 1963, Jack just didn’t trust the CIA. 

 

The essence of Project Freedom was not an abandonment of the former Mongoose subversion efforts; but rather, a sense of new secrecy, coupled with enormous compartmentalization, whereby the project was divided and compartmentalized so that the different players knew nothing about the other participants.  Different code names were likely used for the different activities. 

 

The new push probably had more complexities beyond just the CIA and the Mob.  Bobby’s work obviously encompassed the entire US Dept of Justice, the Pentagon and who knows what else in the United States government.  With the compartmentalization, no one knew for sure what all was involved--save the Kennedy brothers and perhaps Harry Williams.  

 

It appears that at some time in the summer of 1963, JFK began dismantling and phasing out the Mongoose activities in the US--based on his earlier decision, discussed above (this act will be shortly assessed in terms of New Orleans). 

 

In the context of preparing for a new invasion of Cuba, Kennedy evidently began establishing new Cuban exile training bases in Latin America and prepared for the next invasion from the Caribbean area (the Dominican Republic). 

 

 

A Reorganization 

 

However, JFK retained the Task Force W, Castro assassination unit of Cubans, mobsters and CIA agents.  But he renamed the organization the Special Activities Staff or “SAS” (“Camelot,” p. 381).  Apparently, it was also known as Special Group Augmented (“It Didn’t Start With Watergate,” p. 87).  As was probably true with Task Force W, the ZR/Rifle Program was evidently one of several black projects under SAS. 

 

By the time of the JFK murder, the actual assassination effort, focusing on Castro, took a new twist when a Castro intimate named Rolando Cubela (a possible double agent) was recruited by the CIA (evidently Desmond FitzGerald) to kill Castro as an inside effort.  The Cubela labor went under the code name of “AMLASH” (“It Didn’t Start With Watergate,” p. 89; “Contract on America,” p. 192, 210). 

 

While the CIA had formerly run the executive action, assassination program (though reporting to the Attorney General), it appears that JFK placed the whole command structure of the new Murder Incorporated organization directly under the supervision of brother Bobby in the Justice Dept. 

 

Within Justice, it likely fell under the staff supervision of Harry Williams and his people.  Whether all or only part of the assassination organization thereafter resided in LA, FL or Mexico is unclear. 

 

Otherwise, it seems plausible that Bobby Kennedy and Harry Williams probably continued to use CIA officials in some capacity for coordination and liaison purposes between Washington and the unit, wherever it existed.  Surely, they would have continued to work through established agents like E. Howard Hunt and Clay Shaw and mobsters like Carlos Marcello, crime boss in New Orleans. 

 

 

Oswald’s Role 

 

After his earlier return from Russia in 1962, Oswald had lived initially in the Dallas-Fort Worth area.  In 1962 and early 1963, he had extensive contacts there with a Baron George DeMohrenschildt, an impressive 51 year-old man of East European origin--who just happened to be a member of the Dallas Petroleum Club where the local fat cats hung out. 

 

Since George and Lee were totally different personalities, the evidence suggests that Mohrenschildt was a CIA agent, handling Oswald.  The Baron was to allegedly commit suicide in the 1970s, as he was preparing to testify before Congress about the JFK assassination.  Later comments herein will focus more on George’s death. 

 

Several different witnesses would subsequently suggest that on one or more occasions in 1962 and early 1963, Oswald was seen in the presence of both David Ferrie and Jack Ruby at Jack’s Carousel Club in Dallas.  Oswald’s contacts with Ruby and/or Ferrie may have opened the door for him to move on to New Orleans and become a part of Mongoose in April 1963. 

 

It is important to note that Oswald’s overall status was probably not directly affected by the Kennedy initiated Mongoose changes, described above, because Lee was evidently an undercover agent working for the ONI.  Likely, he continued to receive his monthly federal stipend uninterrupted. 

 

 

Complications 

 

Following his work in New Orleans, Oswald may have been ordered back to Dallas in Oct 1963 or he just willfully chose to relocate to Dallas at the urging of Ruby or someone else--after he had supposedly made his famous trip to the Soviet and Cuban embassies in Mexico City, in between New Orleans and Dallas. 

 

The situation with Oswald is complicated in this transitional stage because there is some evidence of a possible Oswald double.  For years now, students analyzing the films and tape recordings made by the CIA of him allegedly in Mexico City (visiting the Soviet embassy) have raised questions about whether the pictures and voices were of him or a double.  For sure, the pictures were of an Oswald double. 

 

In November 1999, federal authorities acknowledged that an analysis of a telephone call, allegedly made by Oswald to the Soviet embassy, just hours after the death of JFK, was not the actual voice of Oswald.  It was someone else using Oswald’s name.  Clearly, someone went to some trouble to stage this event--which must have had a purpose for deception. 

 

The December 20, 1999, “Spotlight” (p. 2) had a news report on this Oswald telephone call.  Apparently, some researchers now claim that probably this phone call was made by the CIA in an effort to get information on Oswald’s trip to Mexico City or on his possible link to the KGB assassination unit.

 

The same question of a likely double was raised about Oswald in Dallas while he allegedly was looking at a car at a used car lot, shooting on a firing range and doing other things.  Supposedly, Oswald drove a car at a used car lot.  But in fact, Oswald could not drive.  So maybe, someone else was using his name. 

 

 

The JFK Assassination 

 

Though the established murder group was unsuccessful with Castro over the years, some events were to transpire in the summer of 1963 which apparently made the assassination group turn its sights on Kennedy himself.  In other words, the chickens came home to roost.  Kennedy suffered the very fate that he planned for Castro. 

 

Although it seemed that everybody was quick to accuse Oswald of the murder, years of after-sight and analysis by independent investigators have changed some opinions, beyond the previously mentioned Jim Garrison.  Today, almost all analysts of the murder have supported at least a triangulation of fire, involving three or more separate gunmen. 

 

The “JFK Conspiracy” documentary went on to specify six shots from three separate gunman (four hitting JFK) and with no involvement from Oswald at all.  While there certainly were a minimum of six shots, it is even possible that there could have been up to eight shots fired from three or more different guns at different locations. 

 

The best evidence suggests that Kennedy was struck four times--twice from the rear into his back and head and twice from the front--once likely from the grassy knoll-picket fence area to the front of the motorcade (into his neck) and a second time also from the front into a different location of the head (with the final fatal blow, perhaps using a hollow point or frangible bullet which exploded in JFK’s head). 

 

 

The Zapruder Film 

 

The Abraham Zapruder film possibly shows the two back shots and certainly the two frontal shots hitting Kennedy.  One of the points of confusion is that one shot from the back into JFK’s head happened about a second before the fatal head shot from the front hit the right temple area of his head.  Thus, there was a slight motion forward of Kennedy’s head--just before the frontal shot threw his head strongly back. 

 

The frontal shot was also so powerful that it blew the back part of JFK’s skull and brain out to the rear of the Cadillac sedan.  The Zapruder film even shows Mrs. Kennedy climbing to the rear of the sedan over the trunk to retrieve this blown away portion of Jack’s head.  Jackie Kennedy’s action should be proof alone that the fatal shot came from the front and not from the back. 

 

A Dallas police recording (on a dictabelt) from one of the motorcycle cops accompanying the Kennedy limousine clearly reflects at least four distinct shots which forever destroys the conclusions of the Warren Commission.  Acoustics experts found that these four shots came from at least two different directions--front and back. 

 

There were something like 90 witnesses present at Dealey Plaza who saw the killing.  Some 64 of them said the bullets came from the front (“Best Evidence,” p. 14).  Only a very few people would link the shots to the sixth floor of the book depository.  These few reports could have been promoted in the crowd by a plant. 

 

It seems that almost no one, beyond the Warren Commission, was happy to settle with the lone gunman theory. 

 

In “Kill Zone” (cover), Craig Roberts suggests that there were actually four teams involved.  He says that there was a “diversionary team” in the Texas School Book Depository and three hit teams--one behind the picket fence to the front; one from the rear on top of the Dallas County Records Building; and the third also from the rear from the fire escape of the nearby Dal-Tex Building. 

 

In “The Elite Serial Killers of Lincoln, JFK, RFK & MLK,” previously quoted, Gaylon Ross also opts for four shooting teams of assassins.  The views of Ross will be detailed in a subsequent chapter.  

 

 

Other Factors 

 

Over the years, many investigators have assumed that the final head shot from the front also came from the grassy knoll-picket fence area.  But new computer evidence has come forth in 1995 from a computer scientist named Tom Wilson (as Tom describes in “The Men Who Killed Kennedy”). 

 

Mr. Wilson prepared a computer enhancement of the interior of Kennedy’s head from the Zapruder film and various autopsy photos.  This computer profile outlined the path of the front entrance wound and how the bullet shattered and exited in two directions (to the back and more toward the top, near the crown). 

 

But strangely, this front wound suggested that it actually came from a lower level, instead of being directly horizontal (like at the picket fence) to strike Kennedy’s head. 

 

Wilson’s work indicated that the last shot came from a street level opening of the underground storm sewer system on Elm Street--in front of and down the road from the grassy knoll-picket fence area (with the fatal shot into the right front temple side of JFK’s head, which literally blew some of his brain and skull out to the back and into the air and which Mrs Kennedy recovered, as noted above). 

 

This storm sewer opening on the street was easily accessible from a nearby manhole.  It provided an escape exit underground to the Trinity River, about 20 to 30 minutes away from Dealey Plaza by foot. 

 

 

The Dishonest Warren Commission 

 

Despite all of the evidence supporting several shooters in several different positions, the “fixed” Warren Commission ruled that Lee Harvey Oswald singularly fired three shots from an Italian Mannlicher-Carcano rifle, found at the book depository (a bolt action rifle with defective sights which were so bad that professional shooters couldn’t hit much of anything with it-- “The Texas Connection,” p. 38). 

 

This inaccurate and very slow-using gun was supposedly linked by the Warren people to Oswald. 

 

For certain, there had to be more than one gunman and more than the alleged three shots from the book depository behind the motorcade, as allowed by the Warren Commission--with two hitting Kennedy from behind (including the magic bullet which supposedly gyrated in the air in several different directions to allegedly hit Kennedy twice and Texas Governor John Connally three times). 

 

This “magic” bullet was mysteriously found by Darrell Tomlinson, a Parkland Hospital maintenance worker in Dallas, on a stretcher, which he later claimed was not used for either Kennedy or Connally after the shooting.  When found, the bullet was in its almost original pristine condition, with no evidence of blood or tissue matter on it from any source. 

 

The question must be asked--was the bullet deliberately placed on the stretcher by someone (like Jack Ruby who was at the hospital that afternoon, sometime before the bullet was found)?  If it was a fraudulent plant, another question must be asked about a couple of bullet fragments reportedly found in the Kennedy limousine which also were allegedly fired by the same Mannlicher-Carcano rifle.  Were they plants as well? 

 

Also, as will be mentioned later herein, there are questions about a bullet fragment which hit a man at the overpass area.  No explanation has been forthcoming on where this fragment came from. 

 

Finally, there remains one more question about a stray bullet which struck a roadside traffic sign (at its back but which came from the front) during the shooting of Kennedy and Connally (per Gaylon Ross, “The Elite Serial Killers of Lincoln, JFK, RFK & MLK”). 

 

 

Fingerprints

 

Another strange thing occurred with a question of fingerprints on the Carcano. 

 

This rifle was quickly sent to the FBI laboratory for the checking of prints, ballistics, etc.  They found no prints.  The gun was returned to Dallas.  Sometime later, a mysterious Oswald palm print surfaced on the barrel.  Was this a plant from Oswald’s dead body onto the gun?  If not, how could the FBI have missed it? 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Chapter 349--More on the Actors

 

 

The Cover-Up Autopsy 

 

Although a US Navy autopsy in Washington was a joke which served to help the Warren Commission cover-up (to be assessed in subsequent commentary), an honest Dr Charles Crenshaw of Dallas worked on Kennedy in the emergency room at Parkland Hospital in 1963. 

 

He has publicly confirmed that JFK was shot at least two times from the front, once into his neck and the last fatal shot into the right front temple of his head--plus being shot from behind.  The doctor published his first hand report on what happened in a 1992 book “JFK:  Conspiracy of Silence.” 

 

Crenshaw died in late November 2001.  “Time” magazine for Dec 3, 2001 (p. 23), had a short report on the death of Crenshaw and his long contention that Kennedy was shot from both the front and back.  There were two entrance wounds at the front.  The doctor, who was an emergency room eye witness, plainly indicated an involvement of two or more gunmen. 

 

As “Time” suggested, Crenshaw’s eye witness report and his book were “controversial.”  Is this not a peculiar reaction from the controlled media in assessing the remarks of the emergency room doctor who worked on Kennedy at Parkland Hospital just after the shooting?  But Crenshaw’s words had confirmation from other informed people at Parkland, as will be shown next. 

 

 

The Same From the Other Doctors at Parkland 

 

Actually, the other doctors present at Parkland all saw the same thing.  There was never any conflict between the Parkland Hospital doctors and personnel on what happened.  The only point of confusion surfaced when the Navy autopsy doctors (working under military orders) and the ridiculous Warren Commission addressed the subject. 

 

The admission record at Parkland Hospital was signed by Dr Robert McClelland.  It described the cause of death as a massive head and brain injury from a gunshot wound of the right temple (“On the Trail of the Assassin,” p. 92). 

 

White House Press Secretary Malcolm Kilduff gave a press briefing at the hospital at 1:30 PM in which he said that the fatal bullet entered the President’s right temple and then he pointed it out with his hand and finger. 

 

Other witnesses at Parkland--William Newman, Marilyn Sitzman and Highway Patrolman Hurchal Jacks--were on the newscasts that day and all three of them described the front right temple entrance wound (“Best Evidence,” p. 330).  

 

The fatal bullet was a wound to the right front temple and a large exit from the back of the head.  In terms of the throat wound, Dr Malcolm Perry, who did the emergency tracheotomy on Kennedy, said at a Parkland press conference at about 2:20 PM that the front throat wound was also an entry wound (“Best Evidence,” p. 702). 

 

 

Robert Kennedy Knew the Truth!   

 

When the JFK shooting took place, close associates of Robert Kennedy have subsequently confirmed that he had some ideas on the Cuban connection almost at once.  In “Final Judgment” (FJ), Michael Collins Piper shares this belief (of RFK) and goes further to say that the Kennedy family has known for years precisely who killed JFK (although they publicly are not about to say anything about it). 

 

The family’s motive for silence on this issue is incomprehensible--though they obviously have had some compelling reasons to have hushed up the matter and helped to silence all persons who would dare try to expose the murderers.  This issue will be assessed in subsequent comments herein, in the vein of Robert F. Kennedy and his strange death. 

 

 

More on Bobby’s Knowledge 

 

Once the Dallas Police announced the arrest of Oswald (or once federal agents on the spot learned of it from the police and could notify higher authorities by a phone call or whatever), it would have been a simple check in Washington to quickly ascertain Oswald’s status.  Either Bobby Kennedy recognized Oswald’s name or an immediate FBI check was made to reveal Oswald’s link to Mongoose-Freedom-SAS.

 

On November 22, 1963, just after JFK’s death, Pulitzer Prize winning reporter and columnist Haynes Johnson was in the Attorney General’s Office talking to one of the managers of the Cuban project (whom Haynes did not identify). 

 

In Johnson’s presence, the man received a phone call from Robert Kennedy.  The upset RK told him-- “one of your guys did it.”  Johnson overheard the comment and later quoted it in his column. 

 

The well known columnist Jack Anderson reported in Jan 1971 that Bobby Kennedy was emotionally devastated by the possibility that the efforts against Cuba (which he personally managed) could have led to the death of his beloved brother (“It Didn’t Start With Watergate,” p. 89). 

 

Seymour M. Hersh says that within several hours of JFK’s death, Bobby Kennedy also called JFK friend and confidante Julius Draznin in Chicago (“Camelot,” p. 9, 450).  Draznin was involved in the American labor movement and closely allied to the Kennedys.  Bobby acknowledged to him privately that he thought that there was a conspiracy involving the Mob in the killing of his brother. 

 

The subsequent murder of Oswald on Nov 24th and the arrest of Ruby must have allowed Robert Kennedy to finally put two and two together and conclude what all had occurred.  Obviously, Bobby knew that the assassination group set up and operating under his own personal supervision was the agency that pulled the triggers on Jack. 

 

G. Robert Blakey, Chief Counsel of the House Select Committee on Assassinations, was to later say “I am now firmly of the opinion that the Mob did it.  It is historical fact” (cover, “Contract on America”). 

 

 

The Other Actors 

 

Reportedly, New Orleans crime boss Carlos Marcello (a Sicilian, whose real name was Calogero Miniacore) was probably the man who directly over-saw Kennedy’s assassination.  He appears to have been the local Mob boss calling the Mafia shots in New Orleans (plus the Dallas/Houston territories) and working with Shaw and Banister in Operation Mongoose and later in the Washington run Project Freedom and SAS. 

 

But Marcello was like the other local crime bosses (Trafficante in Florida, Giancana in Chicago, etc).  All of them were a part of the bigger organized crime syndicate run by powerful, Amalekite gangsters in New York.  So while Kennedy may have believed that Carlos reported to him, the truth was that Marcello’s loyalties lay with New York Mafia bosses. 

 

Per Norman Mailer, Marcello had once said “Who will remove this stone from my shoe,” in a reference to the Kennedy problem and in the context of murdering Jack (“Oswald’s Tale,” p. 741). 

 

In the summer of 1963, both Marcello and Trafficante expressed the need for Kennedy to be killed and their desire to see it done.  Reportedly, Marcello told Trafficante that he had issued a contract order to have Kennedy killed (“The Elite Killers of Lincoln, JFK, RFK & MLK,” p.137). 

 

A Sicilian lawyer named Frank Ragano was a Syndicate lawyer for years.  He specifically served Santos Trafficante and had close contact with any number of the big names in the Mafia. 

 

In recent years, Ragano wrote a book (“Mob Lawyer”) and acknowledged that Marcello made it clear to Jimmy Hoffa (JFK’s enemy) that he had ordered the murder of JFK and was due appropriate enumeration in Teamster funds (“Oswald’s Tale,” p. 741). 

 

The faggot Jack Ruby (1911-1967) was a gangster and nightclub operator in Dallas, TX with former connections to the Chicago Mob of AL Capone and the pre-Castro gangs in Cuba when the Syndicate ruled supreme in Havana (before Castro ran them out).  He had visited Mafia don Santos Trafficante, while he was detained in Cuba in 1959. 

 

As mentioned in a former remark herein, Ruby’s original name was Jacob Rubenstein (“Encyclopaedia Judaica,” v. 14, p. 378).  It is an almost certainty that the gangster Jacob Rubenstein was a racial Amalekite since so many Amalekites flock to crime for a vocation, as noted earlier.  Being an Amalekite, Ruby had connections with the Amalekite fat cats (Jack was even on the Bronfman payroll-- “Final Judgment,” p. 172). 

 

Specifically, Jacob had close contacts with gangster Irwin S. Weiner (another likely Amalekite and a Marcello colleague, who worked out of both New Orleans and Chicago).  Weiner was directly involved in the plot to kill Castro.  Jack was also a close associate of Dallas gangster Lewis McWillie and Dallas Mob boss Joseph Civello, who worked for Carlos Marcello (since Dallas was in the New Orleans Mafia territory). 

 

Surely, Civello must have been involved in the Kennedy hit, although likely in a high level management or supervisory role.  It has to be significant that the Warren Commission went out of its way to fraudulently alter documents that detailed Ruby’s connections to Civello. 

 

The FBI produced a statement by one Bobby Gene Moore on Nov 27, 1963, which discussed several things and particularly the Ruby-Civello connections.  When the document appeared in the Warren report, the three paragraphs discussing Ruby-Civello were conveniently deleted to sanitize the report (“Contract on America,” p. 174-175). 

 

Rubenstein was intimately involved in the New Orleans operation because of his Cuban links and gun running expertise.  With his participation in Mongoose, it appears that he made frequent trips back and forth from Dallas to New Orleans and even to Cuba on occasion.  He knew Oswald well and was perhaps linked with Oswald in an assassination attempt upon retired General Edwin Walker (“Final Judgment,” p. 173). 

 

It is interesting that after Jack Ruby murdered the “patsy” Oswald, Jack tried to convey the image that he was a great admirer and lover of the evil John F. Kennedy.  His story was that he murdered Oswald in an act of revenge.  The truth is that before November 23, 1963, Ruby was known as a hater of Kennedy (among his friends and colleagues at his nightclub). 

 

 

A New York Hit Contract? 

 

There is evidence that the Syndicate order of death for JFK probably came down from higher authorities in New York and probably involved part or all of the 15 man ZR/Rifle-SAS assassination group or some other configuration of assassins (as will be discussed later).  Author Gaylon Ross, in “The Elite Serial Killers of Lincoln, JFK, RFK & MLK,” also suggests the participation of some Texas thugs associated with LBJ. 

 

While Marcello may have issued the local murder contract, the conclusion is obvious that he did so on behalf of the New York Mob bosses who ran things.  Actually, since Texas was in the territory managed by Marcello (in New Orleans) and since the hit was to take place in Texas, Marcello would have been a logical man to issue the actual kill order and oversee its implementation. 

 

One of the primary hitmen was supposedly the previously mentioned Roscoe White, who had both CIA and Mob links and who worked as a Dallas policeman after Nov 5, 1963 (per Ron Lewis, to be later profiled).  Subsequent evidence materialized suggesting that a man called “Frenchie” was also one of the gunmen who fired on Kennedy that day in Dallas (per Richard E. Sprague in “The JFK Conspiracy”). 

 

It appears that David Ferrie, a close associate and personal pilot of Carlos Marcello, was participating in the plot to the extent that he went to Houston, TX on the afternoon of the assassination with an alleged purpose of flying the actual assassination team out of the United States.  Per Garrison, Ferrie put $7,000 in cash in his bank account a few weeks before the assassination (“On the Trail of the Assassin,” p. 115). 

 

Just before the killing in Dallas, Jack Ruby arranged jobs for at least Roscoe White with the Dallas Police Dept and for Oswald at the Texas School Book Depository (per Ron Lewis).  In mid Oct 1963, Jack was in New Orleans for a meeting with Frank Caracci, a close aide to Marcello (“Contract on America,” p. 239). 

 

It might be that Ruby was the local gangster coordinating the Kennedy killing in Dallas for Syndicate bosses Civello, Marcello and Lansky.  Rubenstein was reportedly seen driving a pickup truck which unloaded a man with a rifle (in a long case) on the morning of Nov 22d in the Dealey Plaza area (at the JFK death site). 

 

A woman witness (Julia Ann Mercer) told Dallas police on Nov 23d about this incident and identified Jack Ruby as the driver after seeing him on TV in police headquarters the night before.  Manifestly, later surfacing photographs showed Ruby in the crowd at Dealey Plaza when the fatal shots were fired. 

 

 

More Players 

 

A well known mobster named Eugene Hale Brading (alias Jim Bradon), with New Orleans connections, was arrested at the Dal-Tex building in the Dealey Plaza area shortly after the assassination.  But he was quickly released after being interviewed by the FBI. 

 

One must wonder if Brading was involved in some way, and especially since some witnesses heard shots from the Dal-Tex Bldg?  Actually, Gaylon Ross suggests that indeed Brading was one of the shooters (“The Elite Serial Killers of Lincoln, JFK, RFK & MLK,” p, 105-106, 117).  Thus, he probably was involved in the killing.  Ross also adds that Brading had connections with David Ferrie in New Orleans (ibid, p. 106). 

 

The previously mentioned CIA official E. Howard Hunt was also mysteriously in Dallas that day of November 22d for whatever reason (Feb 14, 2000, “Spotlight,” p. 21).  With Hunt’s connections to Operations 40, Mongoose and the other New Orleans operations, this is a most fascinating connection. 

 

Gaylon Ross indicates that Richard Nixon was in Dallas to address a Pepsi Cola conference on November 21st, and following his speech, he had a private meeting on the evening of November 21st with Hunt, Jack Ruby and some other former Operations 40 people at the Cabana Hotel, either early in the evening and/or around midnight (“The Elite Serial Killers of Lincoln, JFK, RFK & MLK,” p, 120-125). 

 

Ross alleges that this Operations 40 group met to discuss the coming murder of JFK.  Nixon also attended another important meeting with LBJ that same night, for whatever reason (as will be discussed in a later chapter).

 

 

The Busy Ruby 

 

The day before the JFK murder, Ruby went to Houston to reportedly examine the Kennedy motorcade on its visit to Houston (“Contract on America,” p. 269).  He returned to Dallas that day and met with several people.  Early in the evening, he attended a session with LBJ (to be later discussed) and met with a Marcello Mob associate named Joseph Campisi at the Egyptian Lounge at about 10 PM. 

 

Also, sometime on the evening of the 21st, Ruby met with Lawrence V. Meyers of Chicago and his traveling companion Jean Aase (alias Jean West) at the Carousel Club (per Jim Garrison, “On the Trail of the Assassin,” p. 110). 

 

Apparently, Ruby saw Meyers again at the Dallas Cabana Hotel at about midnight on the 21st (where he may have met with Nixon, Hunt, etc--either then or much earlier in the evening, “The Elite Serial Killers of Lincoln, JFK, RFK & MLK,” p. 120-125).  Eugene Brading also stayed at the Cabana that night and may have met with Ruby, Hunt, etc. 

 

Meyers and Aase had come to Dallas on the 20th where they initially lodged at the Ramada Inn.  The next day, they checked into the Cabana and met with Hunt and others (Aase, while in Chicago, had a telephone call on September 24, 1963, from David Ferrie in New Orleans). 

 

Later, the night of Nov 21st-22d, at about 1:30 AM, Ruby met an unidentified man who looked like Oswald in Dallas at the B&B Restaurant (“Contract on America,” p. 263-264).  Assuredly, Oswald had known Ruby, both at his Carousel Club in Dallas (discussed earlier) and in New Orleans (per Ron Lewis, to be later profiled). 

 

On the early afternoon of Nov 22d, Ruby was at Parkland (where he may have dropped off the pristine Carcano bullet, mentioned previously).  The evening and night of Nov 22d saw Rubenstein present at Dallas Police headquarters, while Oswald was being questioned.  At a press briefing, Dallas District Attorney Henry Wade incorrectly referred to Oswald as being connected to the “Free Cuba Committee.” 

 

Ruby corrected him publicly on live TV, by noting that the connection was to the “Fair Play for Cuba Committee.”  Obviously, Ruby knew the truth.  This TV remark allowed the Mercer woman witness, mentioned above, to identify Ruby.  On both Nov 23d and 24th, Ruby was again seen hanging around Dallas Police headquarters.  Later, on the night of the 24th, he found an opportunity to carry out the Mob orders and kill the patsy. 

 

One of Ruby’s employees at his nightclub, Karen Carlin, was interviewed by the Secret Service on the evening of Nov 22d.  She was hysterical and in fear, but acknowledged that she knew or knew of Oswald and that he, Ruby and others were involved in the plot to murder JFK (she evidently did not or could not name the others).  Several months later, she was murdered in Houston (“Contract on America.” p. 268). 

 

West Coast Mob boss Johnny Roselli was to tell columnist Jack Anderson in the mid 1970s that Ruby was “one of our boys” and that the Syndicate had ordered him to kill Oswald so that Lee couldn’t talk (“Contract on America,” p. 103, 173). 

 

Roselli subsequently testified about the murder at a secret hearing of the Senate Intelligence Committee.  Soon, Roselli was also murdered.  His dismembered body was found in August 1976 in an oil drum floating in the Biscayne Bay of Miami, Florida. 

 

Sam Giancana was also called to testify before the same Senate Intelligence Committee.  Before he had a chance to talk, he, too, was savagely murdered in his home. 

 

 

Kill Zone 

 

Craig Roberts’ excellent book “Kill Zone” (p. 51-70) relied on the investigatory work of Los Angeles reporter and writer Steve J. Rivele and other sources to construct a plausible scenario of precisely who killed Kennedy and how they came together that fateful day in Dallas.  Rivele’s information came mainly from Christian David, a mobster and former CIA contract agent. 

 

Roberts says that Marcello contacted Trafficante and that Santos made arrangements to import three primary gunmen from the Corsican Brotherhood (Mafia) in Marseille, France to merge with the prevailing ZR/Rifle assassination unit.  Trafficante’s contact in Marseille turned to a gangster named Antoine for the assassins.  Alternatively, there is a possibility that the Mossad laid the actual gunmen on (to be broached later herein). 

 

Three killers were recruited--Sauveur Pironti, Lucien Sarti and Jorge Bocognini.  In the fall of 1963, these mobsters flew to a safe house (ranch) in Mexico, owned by the CIA for training and housing the ZR/Rifle or SAS people involved in trying to kill Castro.  After three or four weeks there, they were taken to the US with forged passports, a few days before Nov 22d, and met by some of Giancana’s people. 

 

They were then taken to Dallas where they were introduced to Roscoe White.  White’s CIA code name was MANDARIN.  He was a joint CIA operative and mobster who was reportedly a member of the ZR/Rifle-SAS hit unit to kill Castro.  The French gangsters stayed at a safe-house, apparently set up by White for them in Dallas. 

 

Roberts quoted Kennedy murder investigator Mark Lane who reported that six Cuban members of the Miami ZR/Rifle or SAS murder unit (and possibly members of the former Operations 40 entity) also came to Dallas before Nov 22d and registered at a Dallas motel. 

 

This group included Francisco Fiorini (alias Frank Sturgis), two brothers named Novo (Guillermo and Ignacio, who were later accused of complicity in the murder of Chilean diplomat Orlando Letelier-- “Final Judgment,” p. 367), a Cuban woman named Marita Lorenz, a Cuban pilot named Diaz Lanz and one more. 

 

On Nov 21st, the Cubans met with E. Howard Hunt, Jack Rubenstein and perhaps others at the Cabana Hotel (“The Elite Serial Killers of Lincoln, JFK, RFK & MLK,” p. 120-125).  Lorenz, a former girl friend of Castro, was supposed to be a decoy or lookout.  But she became afraid and left by plane for Miami on the morning of Nov 22d. 

 

 

Four Hit Teams? 

 

Roberts suggests that four hit teams were used, of perhaps three or four people each (to include one or two gunmen per team). 

 

As a minimum, this entourage included the five remaining Cubans from Miami, the three Frenchmen (evidently racial Italian Edomites or Amalekites) from Marseille, Roscoe White and probably a few others from the SAS assassination unit in Mexico or New Orleans or local Dallas mobsters (as allowed by Gaylon Ross--to be later identified and discussed). 

 

Besides the shooters, there is reason to believe that each team had one or more spotters, lookouts and assistants, as necessary, to maintain radio communications, to help remove any spent shell casings at the scene and to help disassemble the weapons and remove them from the area. 

 

Craig Roberts indicates that as a part of their cover, some members of the assassination unit had appropriately forged credentials, showing them to be federal agents (FBI, Secret Service etc).  Besides White, some of them could have been wearing uniforms of the local Dallas Police Department. 

 

Early on the morning of Nov 22d, the teams surveyed Elm Street and their designated shooting positions and began their wait for the Kennedy motorcade.  Reportedly, per Roberts, Roscoe White and Lucien Sarti took shooting positions behind the picket fence, while the other assassins took their positions. 

 

 

After the Shootings 

 

A witness named Gordon Arnold was standing in front of the picket fence with a movie camera.  Before the motorcade arrived, a man approached him and showed him CIA credentials and directed him to move away from that particular spot.  Arnold complied and moved several feet away. 

 

With the approaching motorcade, Arnold heard two shots from the picket fence area and immediately hit the ground.  A man wearing a police uniform came from behind the fence and menaced him to give him the film that he had just taken of Kennedy.  Arnold complied.  But Arnold was so scared that within three days he left for an 18 months stay in Alaska. 

 

Another witness, a deaf mute named Ed Hoffman, saw a puff of smoke and a man with a rifle at the picket fence.  The man walked rapidly down the fence and pitched the rifle to another man who was dressed like a railroad worker.  This man then disassembled the gun and put the parts in a tool box or bag of some sort and walked away. 

 

When the shooting took place, a couple of Dallas patrolman (perhaps J. M. Smith and another officer) rushed quickly to the parking lot behind the picket fence. 

 

One of them ran into a man who produced credentials showing him to be a Secret Service agent (but the Secret Service later denied having any agents there).  The patrolman accepted his explanation, but was to subsequently mention that the man’s fingers and hands were dirty--like he was an auto mechanic. 

 

Roberts’ book does not seem to mention New Orleans gangster Eugene Brading, discussed previously.  As noted, Brading was arrested and questioned in the Dealey Plaza area right after the shooting.  He could have been a part of one of the teams as well (as suggested by Gaylon Ross). 

 

After the murder, the three Frenchmen-Italians (Edomites) were flown to Montreal (possibly by David Ferrie or the Cuban pilot, Diaz Lanz) and the Cubans went to a CIA operated safe house (ranch) at Oaxaca, Mexico. Whether this ranch is the same as the one used earlier by the Italians is unclear. 

 

This ranch safe-house was run by a man named Albert Alexander Osborne (alias John Howard Bowen) who was posing as a Christian missionary for the American Council of Churches (“Kill Zone,” p. 69). 

 

Soon after the JFK hit, Osborne vanished and was never heard of again.  The three Frenchmen-Italians (Edomites) were later paid in heroin by the US Mafia from supplies obtained from the CIA and their drug operations in Southeast Asia. 

 

Sarti was subsequently murdered in Mexico City in the 1970s.  Roscoe White was killed in a fire in Arkansas in 1975.  Guy Banister died of an alleged heart attack in 1964, even before the Warren Commission report came out.  And most of Banister’s files, held in his offices in New Orleans, were seized by the FBI (“Kill Zone,” p. 88). 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Chapter 350--The Government Cover-Up I

 

 

The Players 

 

Over the years, a number of theories have been advanced on why Kennedy was assassinated.  Regardless of what the actual cause could be, the remaining reality is that the act almost certainly involved the Mob and likely some CIA participants. 

 

The assassination plus the subsequent murders and mysterious deaths of at least 177 people connected with the crime all spell out a very professional organization--such as the Mafia. 

 

To whatever extent government officials may have been implicated, they were probably renegades or dupes or in a rogue element, as the case may be (Lyndon Johnson would be the most likely exception on this.  His situation will be described in subsequent remarks).  Guy Banister perhaps had some ideas on what was going on.  But he may not have been directly involved. 

 

It is plausible that E. Howard Hunt was connected in some way.  It is more likely that Clay Shaw participated in the plot (or at least knew of it) since he apparently was the highest ranking CIA official working out of New Orleans and was closely connected to Marcello, Ruby and some of the other participating mobsters.

 

Since Shaw (or Clay Bertrand, as he was known in the New Orleans queer community) was a very warped fag (into ceiling hooks, beams, leather straps for tying, chains, whips with apparent dried blood on them, a black cape and hood, etc, as found in his house when he was arrested by Garrison), the Mob could have easily controlled him for whatever purposes that they may have chosen. 

 

He would have been a logical target to blackmail.  So the Mafia would have had no problem with him and what he knew. 

 

 

Dan Marvin 

 

Some persons in the CIA appear to have had a role in the murder or its later cover-up.  In August 1965, a US Army Captain named Dan Marvin had just completed or was attending the Special Forces course on assassinations at Fort Bragg, NC (run by the CIA). 

 

Marvin and a Regular Army Special Forces Captain named David H. Vanek were separately interviewed one day by a CIA agent (per LTC Marvin, USA Ret, in “The Men Who Killed Kennedy”). 

 

Captain Marvin was asked if he would be willing to undertake an assassination assignment.  Believing that it was outside the US and under the Special Forces mandate, he said yes.  To his surprise, the target was a US Navy Lieutenant Commander named William Bruce Pitzer, who was then stationed at Bethesda Naval Hospital near Washington. 

 

Since the target was a person in the US (which would have called for a Mob hit), Marvin changed his mind and declined the assignment.  He left the building while Vanek was being interviewed.  The next day, Vanek was no longer present with his Special Forces colleagues at Fort Bragg. 

 

In later years, Marvin tried to locate Vanek through the Pentagon’s referral services.  But the Army consistently denied his existence, despite the fact that Marvin had Vanek’s name, rank and RA serial number (O86836) on a Fort Bragg Special Warfare School administrative order and list of his Special Forces classmates. 

 

Dan Marvin put the issue behind him and thought no more about it until after his retirement.  Then, in Sep 1993, the topic came back to him while he was watching a film on the many people involved with the Kennedy killing who subsequently died mysteriously (i.e. the 177 mentioned before).  This film showed a list of some 42 names.  Marvin immediately recognized the name of William Bruce Pitzer of Bethesda. 

 

 

More on Commander Pitzer   

 

Pitzer, a US Navy Lieutenant Commander, was an important witness and threat to someone because he had been Chief of the Audio Visual Lab at Bethesda when the Kennedy autopsy was done. 

 

His staff had taken some 16 mm films and still photographs of the body and the wounds which apparently somehow showed the frontal, right-temple, entrance wound and the blow out in the back and top of Kennedy’s head before the official autopsy work commenced. 

 

US Navy Petty Officer Dennis David, now retired, was stationed in Bethesda in 1963.  He says that he personally saw some of these photos in Pitzer’s possession which showed a small front entrance wound to Kennedy’s right front temple area (per video, “The Men Who Killed Kennedy”). 

 

Commander Pitzer must have violated orders and personally kept back some of these pictures and carelessly showed them later to other people at Bethesda--while the rest of them, plus the x-rays taken, were all turned over to Rear Admiral George Burkley, White House Physician, who reportedly gave them to the Secret Service.  In time, they were given to the Kennedys. 

 

 

The Photos 

 

The whole process of moving Kennedy’s body and its late night autopsy at Bethesda on November 22d has to invite much suspicion over whether an enormous and extensive cover-up commenced almost immediately, as outlined in David S Lifton’s “Best Evidence” work published in 1980.  Lifton’s work will be assessed shortly. 

 

Suffice to say, the best estimate is that the body was altered by one or more parties on one or more occasions. 

 

Beyond the alteration of the cadaver, the previously mentioned Tom Wilson makes the case that the “official” autopsy photos taken at Bethesda (or at least, those that survived) were also altered and manipulated to avoid showing the actual wounds as well (“The Men Who Killed Kennedy”). 

 

Wilson says that the back head wound was partially painted over (in the photos) to alter its appearance.  He adds that the front, temple, entrance wound is also detectable in his computer enhancement technology--though the wound in the photos has been obviously covered over and obscured by mortician’s wax and other alterations (“The Men Who Killed Kennedy”). 

 

Additionally, one roll of film made by a Navy corpsman that night was seized and deliberately exposed to the light by a Secret Service agent (“Best Evidence,” p. 513).  Manifestly, this photographer had taken some pictures which the Secret Service did not want released. 

 

Evidently, the so-called autopsy photos and x-rays were never made available to the Warren Commission (which worked off of artists’ sketches of the alleged wounds). 

 

In October 1966, Bobby Kennedy and the Kennedy family turned most of the pictures (not all--they either didn’t have all of them or held some of them back) over to the National Archives with a stipulation that they were not to be shown to the public for something like five more years. 

 

In any case, the several surviving pictures (some of which were altered, per Tom Wilson) became the official autopsy photos.  The only problem was that most or all of those that survived and reached the National Archives were altered photos of an altered cadaver. 

 

These photos were supposed to be pre-autopsy.  But they evidently were made following preliminary alterations and surgery to the cadaver.  In the meantime, Pitzer still had some of the earlier and more revealing photos which were not released.  But Pitzer was retiring in late 1966 (which would have ostensibly freed him from military oversight). 

 

So, in November 1966, just before his retirement, he mysteriously committed “suicide” at Bethesda with a 38 revolver shot to his right temple.  Interestingly, Pitzer was a lefty and his left hand was badly and strangely mangled so that his wedding band could not even be removed (question--was this torture to get him to tell where the photos were kept?). 

 

 

More on the Autopsy 

 

The Bethesda autopsy was most interesting for other reasons. 

 

First, it appears that some US government official (probably Lyndon Johnson or more likely LBJ in coordination with Bobby Kennedy and perhaps even with some consultation with Mrs Kennedy) insisted that the body be illegally taken away from Texas authorities and moved to Washington--ultimately Bethesda for a Navy autopsy by Navy doctors (and one Army doctor) who were both inexperienced and manifestly unqualified in forensic work. 

 

Bobby and/or Jackie Kennedy also insisted that Bethesda do the embalming as well.  As it turned out, a team of private morticians from the Joseph Gawler’s Funeral Home was called in to do the embalming and preparation of the body for burial.  This team involved four morticians headed by Joseph E. Hagan (“The Day Kennedy Was Shot,” p. 605-665). 

 

The morticians did their work at Bethesda around 2 AM or later on the 23d.  It must be pointed out that the autopsy was finished at about midnight and no further Navy photographs or x-rays were made after completion of the autopsy. 

 

The military autopsy doctors were people who took orders.  And they did as they were told.  They were grossly unqualified as forensic pathologists (none of the three had ever worked on a gunshot death).  Whereas, if a qualified forensic scientist would have done the work, something different could have surely resulted. 

 

Consequently, the military doctors were reliable and willing participants in the cover-up--to do as ordered and keep their mouths shut. 

 

Supposedly, the body was wrapped in Dallas in a sheet and placed in an expensive, ornate, 400 pound casket (which cost the US $4,000) at Parkland Hospital and taken by a hearse to Love Field where it was put aboard JFK’s Air Force One.  Most of the time it was reportedly accompanied by Mrs Kennedy, Air Force Brigadier General Godfrey McHugh (a JFK military aide) and/or certain Secret Service agents. 

 

After some delay for the swearing in of LBJ, the plane was airborne at 2:47 PM (CST) for Washington and Andrews Air Force Base.  It arrived at about 6 PM (EST) and was met by Bobby Kennedy.  An Army helicopter arrived immediately to unload “certain” cargo on one side of the plane, while the expensive casket was unloaded on the other side and put aboard a Navy ambulance for removal to Bethesda. 

 

A decoy ambulance was also on hand to apparently try to deceive and mislead the crowd present, as to how the body was actually being moved.  The ambulance, casket and occupants ultimately arrived at Bethesda. 

 

The Kennedys went inside and the ornate casket was eventually taken to the rear to reach the morgue at about 8 PM.  Besides the presence of Bobby and Jackie Kennedy, a whole host of other people were there, as well, when the body was “allegedly” brought to Bethesda--including much military brass, many civilian officials and reportedly 26 Secret Service agents (“Best Evidence,” p. 636). 

 

 

The Body’s Alterations? 

 

Writer David Lifton was induced to make a detailed analysis over some years of what all happened to the body (in the context that it was the best evidence on what had taken place in Dallas) in order to eventually write his book “Best Evidence.”  Lifton was at once challenged in comparing the comments of the doctors who saw Kennedy in Dallas, as opposed to what the autopsy doctors would say in their official reports. 

 

The doctors at Parkland addressed a small entrance wound in the front neck, another small entrance wound in the front right temple and one large exit wound in the back of the head measuring about 2 x 2 3/4 inches while the autopsy doctors said there were no frontal entrance wounds and the back wound was a large hole in the back and top of the head measuring 3.9 by 6.7 inches (“Best Evidence,” p. 310). 

 

The Parkland doctors did “no” work on the head beyond making a small incision for the previously mentioned tracheotomy over the frontal neck wound in order to run a tracheotomy tube down the throat.  Dr Perry of Parkland made this incision in a clean, smooth cut of about 2-3 cm (slightly over one inch) across the 5 mm entrance wound. 

 

Yet, Dr James Humes, the chief Naval doctor doing the autopsy, testified that the incision was 7-8 cm or 3 inches across (although his written report said 6.5 cm wide) with widely gapping irregular edges (“Best Evidence,” p. 238-239, 271-275).  Sensing that something was wrong, David Lifton began interviewing all of the people possible that were present that night at the autopsy or near by. 

 

To his surprise, he learned that a black hearse arrived at the back door leading to the Bethesda morgue at around 6:45 PM or so with a gray, metal, plain, shipping casket and accompanied by seven or eight men in civilian clothes.  They were met by Rear Admiral Edward Kenney, Surgeon General of the Navy. 

 

 

More That Night 

 

The men and some Navy people on hand took the casket into the morgue.  In the presence of the two Navy autopsy doctors (Commanders James Humes and J. Thornton Boswell) and their enlisted Naval assistants (Paul O’Connor and James Jenkins), the casket was opened and Kennedy was inside in a rubber body bag. 

 

The bag was zipped open and the naked body was removed by the Naval assistants.  Certain work and photographs were made.  O’Connor, in particular, said that the wound to the top and back of the head was massive; that the throat had a wide wound; that there was no other evidence of frontal entrance wounds; and that the brain was totally missing. 

 

Even the House Select Committee on the assassination was to later note that the body showed physical evidence of rough handling (abrasions, discolorations, marks, etc).  In any case, Lifton could find no evidence on how this gray shipping casket arrived at Bethesda.  If it came from Dallas, it obviously came by aircraft, but which one was unclear. 

 

Yet, the official expensive casket carried in the Navy ambulance (and accompanied by the Kennedys) did not reach the morgue until about 8 PM.  Whether Kennedy’s body was then placed into the expensive casket, to be later removed again in the presence of official autopsy witnesses, is unclear. 

 

But by 10:30 PM, the official autopsy commenced in the front of a number of witnesses--numerous military officials, Secret Service people and FBI agents, etc.  It was concluded about midnight. 

 

 

Pre-Autopsy Work on the Cadaver 

 

The FBI report by agents Sibert and O’Neill mentioned that “a tracheotomy had been performed (earlier) as well as surgery of the head area, namely, in the top of the skull” (“Best Evidence,” p. 172). 

 

At this point in time, it was evident that a pre-autopsy examination and apparent exploratory surgery had been made on Kennedy’s head, sometime between the emergency room tracheotomy in Dallas and the beginning of the official autopsy at Bethesda. 

 

Secret Service agent Roy Kellerman, who was present for the autopsy, was to later testify to the Warren Commission that part of the skull was “removed,” in reference to the missing portions of the skull in the top and back, before the official autopsy commenced (“Best Evidence,” p. 204). 

 

When questioned by the Commission attorney Arlen Specter about this “removed” reference, Kellerman would only say that it was not present when he saw the cadaver in the autopsy room. 

 

David Lifton did not establish precisely what happened.  But he did build an extraordinary case that the body had been altered sometime before it reached the point of the official autopsy in Bethesda. 

 

In “Kill Zone” (p. 73-85), Craig Roberts suggests that while Mrs. Kennedy was present for the swearing in of Lyndon Johnson, somebody removed JFK’s body from the expensive casket and transferred it via a nearby trap door to the cargo compartment of the airplane.  Whether the body was wrapped in something, placed in a body bag or stored in some type of a container in the cargo hold is unclear. 

 

Upon arrival at Andrews, the media focus was upon Mrs Kennedy and the removal of the expensive casket on one side of the plane; while the body, however transported, was secretly removed on the other side, as a part of the alleged cargo. 

 

Per Roberts, the body was placed on an Army helicopter and taken to Walter Reed for exploratory surgery, before taking it on by chopper to the Bethesda helipad.  It was then taken by the black hearse to the Bethesda back door.  David Lifton also considered several of these conclusions, mentioned later by Roberts. 

 

Lifton (p. 683) established the presence of the helicopter from certain television network programs.  He went on to note that this chopper left Air Force One at Andrews some 90 seconds after the plane’s doors were opened.  Walter Reed Army Medical Center was only five minutes away by chopper.  So there was plenty of time for alterations. 

 

 

More Support 

 

The well known forensic pathologist, Dr Cyril Wecht of Pittsburgh, would also later make similar conclusions on the alterations of the body--although he seemed to focus on the alterations as occurring during the autopsy (“The JFK Conspiracy”).  For sure, there was massive reconstruction and rebuilding of the skull (“Best Evidence,” p. 431). 

 

Tom Wilson’s fascinating work raised some like questions (“Men Who Killed Kennedy”).  But Tom was more specific by charging that someone (presumably the autopsy people) apparently used mortician’s wax to cover up and obscure the frontal wounds and alter the appearance of other parts of Kennedy’s head. 

 

Lifton earlier had said that the head cavity was filled with plaster paris, during the autopsy (“Best Evidence,” p. 603). 

 

While such alterations might have been justified by the later morticians for the funeral and burial, they were manifestly out of the question for people involved in performing an autopsy in an effort to fraudulently obscure and hide the real cause of death.  No!  It’s not the work of personnel doing an autopsy to alter the appearance of a cadaver. 

 

After these cosmetic changes (which were made in advance of the official autopsy and certainly not by the later embalmers, because no more photos were made after the official autopsy), more photos were taken of the altered cadaver and manipulated so that truth could no longer be visually determined (but was revealed by later computer analysis, by the just mentioned, Tom Wilson). 

 

Apparently, all of the “official” autopsy photos were made after the use of the mortician’s wax which concealed the fatal frontal wound. 

 

 

Alterations to Hide the Alterations 

 

David Lifton suggested that the chief pathologist, Dr Humes, tried to tell the Warren Commission that something was wrong in the autopsy without using clear language (“Best Evidence,” p. 474-474).  Often Humes would refer to some of the wounds as “presumably of entrance or exit,” in the context that there could be some question over them (ibid, p. 204). 

 

Also, there were at least “two” official autopsy reports.  The first one and notes made by the doctors were all conveniently destroyed.  The second one apparently changed the conclusions of the first one (ibid, p. 104, 163). 

 

Lifton went on to suggest that the body when received at Bethesda was an imperfect medical forgery.  But as reconstructed for the photos and x-rays, it was a perfect medical forgery--even before the official autopsy commenced (ibid, p. 668). 

 

The essence of the above is that there is much evidence suggesting that before the official autopsy started, there had been exploratory surgery on Kennedy’s head for some reason--probably in search of bullets and/or fragments. 

 

It also appears evident that whoever did this pre-autopsy examination and surgery were perhaps the same people who altered the throat wounds and used mortician’s wax to hide the front temple entrance wound. 

 

If someone had set Oswald up, using the Carcano, and if the real autopsy turned up some other bullets or fragments, it would destroy the patsy selection.  Exploratory surgery and alterations to the wounds were essential.  Also, no frontal entrance wounds could be allowed to be seen, since the patsy had fired his alleged three rounds from the rear. 

 

Whether these alterations were done by the conspiratorial killers in their cover-up or by the government in its cover-up is unclear. 

 

Since the body (and the Kennedy limousine, as well, which showed signs of alterations--its windshield, hit by a bullet/fragments from the front and back, was apparently replaced) was “theoretically” always in the custody of Secret Service agents, some collusion with them would have been necessary if the Mafia did the surgery.  This option is not far fetched at all.  

 

 

The Body Arrives at Bethesda 

 

As noted above, the altered body arrived at Bethesda by helicopter and the black hearse probably about 6:45 PM on November 22d in a body bag inside the gray shipping casket.  Exactly where this body bag and shipping container came from is unclear.  One or both could have been on board JFK’s Air Force One and used at that time or they could have been on board the helicopter. 

 

Or Kennedy’s body could have been secured in something else and taken to Walter Reed or some other place which provided the body bag and gray casket.  On the surface, it would appear that body bags and shipping caskets were common items of use within the US military.  So they could have been readily available at a number of places that night. 

 

The Bethesda autopsy team was apparently tasked to initially reconstruct and rebuild the head wounds which were by then extremely large (because of the exploratory surgery).  Probably, they also had to come up with a brain for insertion into the rebuilt head cavity. 

 

Whether the real JFK brain arrived later for reinsertion into the cadaver or Bethesda had to obtain a different one remains unclear.  As a matter of information, there was another cadaver in the Bethesda morgue that night.  So it would have been easy to come up with a brain to take the place of Kennedy’s missing brain. 

 

Beginning pictures were taken of JFK which must have been the ones kept back by Commander Pitzer.  There seems to be a point of confusion here because the body arrived with the front entrance wound at the right temple hid from a visual examination. 

 

Yet, Pitzer apparently had some photos which showed it--perhaps as a shadow or in some manner.  Did he get these from Walter Reed or did his people take them?  Probably, his people took them. 

 

Could the autopsy doctors have inadvertently discovered the wax and removed it to determine why it was present.  Or perhaps, the wax had sunk into the cavity to allow a shadow and outline of the wound.  Evidently, something happened with the wax to permit the wound to be visible in some of the early photos. 

 

X-ray technicians Edward Reed and Jerrol Custer were also present making x-rays, during the early stages of the Bethesda work.  Both of them were to maintain their impression that the large head wound was caused by an entrance wound to the front, although they may not have seen it (“Best Evidence,” p. 619). 

 

If the wax fillings were temporarily removed or depressed into the wound, for whatever reason, someone in authority evidently chose to take some measures, while the body underwent its first examination at Bethesda, to restore or smooth over the wax--because the front right temple wound was never seen again by personnel present.  

 

Thus, some alterations and probing examinations were done in the hour or so before the Navy ambulance arrived with the expensive empty casket.  Apparently, the reconstructed body was secretly transferred by the military autopsy people back to the expensive casket--which was later opened in the sight of the variously assembled witnesses. 

 

 

The Photos 

 

The previously mentioned Brigadier General Godfrey McHugh, Kennedy’s Air Force aide, was to later remark to Lifton that photos were taken of the body from the time the Navy autopsy people “got the body...until it was put into the new casket” (“Best Evidence,” p. 664). 

 

While this remark might be interpreted in different ways (like in reference to the completion of the embalming and the final repository), it certainly could also be taken in the context of the pre-autopsy examination made before the Kennedy party arrived with the expensive casket and the beginning of the official autopsy. 

 

In any case, official pre-autopsy photos were made after 8 PM and the official autopsy commenced around 10:30 PM in the presence of the assembled witnesses.  The only problem was that the body had already underwent two separate pre-autopsy alterations and/or examinations. 

 

As a minimum, and as noted above, the body clearly had undergone exploratory surgery (probably looking for bullets) and alterations (to try to hide the two frontal wounds), as a part of a cover-up by someone at some point in time. 

 

Also, it is manifest that there was evidence of gross incompetence and confusion on the part of many of the later participating people, which probably helped to facilitate the success of the cover-up. 

 

According to Lifton, the White House issued secrecy orders to the Navy people present.  All of them individually were required to sign an agreement of the secrecy of the operation and their pledge to not discuss it (“Best Evidence,” p. 639).  It seems certain that similar secrecy orders were issued to all other government personnel present that night at Bethesda. 

 

 

Bobby’s Role 

 

After the ambulance arrived at Bethesda, Bobby Kennedy was present and intervened to do some portion of the supervision of the “official” autopsy from behind the scenes (after 10:30 PM).  He may have even used Admiral Burkley (the White House physician), the two FBI agents and/or the two Secret Service agents present in the autopsy room for some role. 

 

This is most fascinating that RFK would personally be involved in this manifest cover-up effort (although the obvious conclusion is that he did participate in the cover-up unwittingly and without an understanding of the full ramifications of the conspiracy--which will be detailed herein in the following chapters). 

 

At a first glance, one would assume that the crafty and deceitful Lyndon Johnson would have acted to lie and cover-up JFK’s murder.  But why Bobby?  Again, the explanation “appears” to be that Bobby was not only distraught with the death of Jack, but he was personally devastated because people under his own supervision apparently did the deed. 

 

Perhaps while in a dazed state of confusion and a desire to hide the Kennedy roles in Murder Incorporated, Bobby was easily persuaded by LBJ to go along with the cover-up operations, unknowingly, unsuspectingly and unwittingly on his part.   

 

If it became public knowledge that people employed and directed by the US Justice Department and under Bobby’s personal supervision killed JFK, the results could have been catastrophic in terms of his own, future, political career.  Assuredly, Robert had had presidential ambitions for ages and he was not about to allow something to ruin them.  He could have gullibly and stupidly fallen into LBJ’s trap. 

 

From a hindsight perspective, it appears that Bobby’s own supervision and involvement with the assassination led him to personally participate in the later cover-up operation.  It might be that if news of his role leaked out, it would be an enormous embarrassment and ruin the Kennedy name in the US forever. 

 

This is most fascinating because Scripturally, the next of kin has a moral duty to see justice and the demise of a killer.  This was the situation which provided for the cities of refuge where people accused of manslaughter could flee, to avoid the certain punishment from the next of kin of a killed individual. 

 

Obviously, RK’s Edomite genes were so depraved that he had no compulsion at all to see justice done with his own brother’s death. 

 

 

Jack’s Hidden History 

 

Apparently, it wasn’t only that RK was interested in protecting himself for future political options, but he manifestly was concerned about the JFK image, if the truth was ever known about Jack and what all had actually happened during his public career.  Seymour Hersh in “The Dark Side of Camelot” lays out the incredible corruption and dishonesty of the two brothers over many years. 

 

Per Hersh, Jack had had a first marriage with a woman named Durie Malcolm in 1947 in Palm Beach, FL, with no record of a subsequent divorce or annulment (“Camelot,” p. 2).  The marriage didn’t take.  So JFK quickly ended it.  In 1960, his friend Charles Spalding took action to hide, cover-up and destroy all records about it--so that it would not adversely affect Kennedy’s run for president. 

 

Jack had long standing medical problems.  He had Addison’s Disease and had a series of venereal disease infections and re-infections over the years which frequently gave him problems. 

 

As elsewhere discussed, JFK was closely tied to the Mob and particularly Sam Giancana in Chicago.  He shared one of Sam’s girlfriends named Judith Exner and used her as his liaison with Giancana.  She carried messages, sealed packages, etc, back and forth between JFK and the Mob (“Camelot,” p. 296). 

 

Then there was the formal organization of Murder Incorporated, plus all the illegal actions against Cuba in absolute defiance of his own agreement with Soviet leader Khrushchev.  As Hersh noted, the Kennedys were just one news story away from absolute political suicide (“Camelot,” p. 6).  Obviously, a lot of cover-up and deceitful operations were needed at once with the death of JFK. 

 

 

Bobby Went to Work 

 

Upon learning of the murder, Robert Kennedy went to work within a few hours to effect the cover-up of all of the Kennedys’ dirty laundry.  Per Hersh, RK called McGeorge Bundy and other Kennedy officials and friends and issued orders and requests for specific cover-up actions (“Camelot,” p. 1-34).  Bobby simply did not want LBJ or the world to have access to Kennedy secrets. 

 

The Attorney General ordered all of Jack’s papers and files in the White House seized and taken to the Executive Office building and placed under guard at the National Security Agency.  Besides the papers documenting the Kennedy skullduggery, JFK used to make audio tape recordings of selected conversations in secret in the White House.  These were all confiscated by Bobby. 

 

Under JFK, an “Usher’s log” was maintained of all Kennedy visitors, both public and private (to include his vast encounters with a huge assortment of women).  These logs were also all taken from the White House. 

 

In later years, the ostensible Kennedy files were turned over to the Kennedy Library, after many of them were sanitized, deleted and destroyed.  The Usher logs were never heard of again, after their delivery to RK.  By the morning of Nov 23, the Kennedy secrets were under Bobby’s control. 

 

It is clear from Robert Kennedy’s actions, as described by Seymour Hersh, that the Kennedy image and legacy was far more important than the prosecution of the JFK murderers (which would have necessitated the revelations of vast Kennedy secrets, which had to be kept from the public at all cost). 

 

Bobby was a clear and certain participant in the government led cover-up of the JFK assassination.  It’s ludicrous to believe otherwise! 

 

 

A Cover-Up From the Top Down 

 

Beyond Bobby, it is clear that Lyndon Johnson, J. Edgar Hoover and other officials who may have known what was going on all shared a supposed common desire to see the truth about Mongoose, Freedom, ZR/Rifle, W, SAS and AMLASH hid from media scrutiny--lest the Soviets and Cubans find out about how Jack had double crossed them. 

 

Certainly, the work of SAS continued under Lyndon Johnson (with the later CIA assassination of Che Guevara in 1967, mentioned previously).  For sure, LBJ knew the truth because he privately admitted the JFK murder conspiracy to a reporter, before his own death in 1973. 

 

Likely, Johnson would not have wanted the effort compromised at all in 1963, although this was surely not a sufficient reason for the government wide cover-up.  For certain, it’s questionable to what extent Johnson would have been willing to go to in order to hide Jack Kennedy’s dirty laundry (if LBJ’s own hands were clean).  More will be said shortly about subsequent CIA involvement. 

 

Finally, if the voting public found out, it could have been disastrous for the Democrats at the polls--perhaps affecting both Lyndon, as well as Bobby.  While this may have motivated LBJ to proceed with the cover-up, one has to wonder whether this would have been sufficient alone to induce the rest of the US leadership to participate in the cover-up. 

 

As a minimum, RK conspired with Lyndon Johnson to accomplish the cover-up.  There is no other explanation on this option.  Probably, they entered into the beginnings of the cover-up conspiracy during telephone conversations on the afternoon of Nov 22d.  What all was said between them has not been revealed.  But LBJ did claim that Bobby suggested that he take the oath of office in Dallas (“Best Evidence,” p. 677). 

 

Hoover was an employee under Bobby’s supervision and could argue that he was only taking orders.  Assuredly, other people who knew in the CIA, Pentagon, Justice Dept, Secret Service and FBI all merely took orders from the top to facilitate the cover-up.  The decision to effect the cover-up was obviously made very quickly by Lyndon Johnson--clearly, in consultation with Robert Kennedy. 

 

The illegal seizure of Jack’s dead body from Dallas authorities was outlined in previous comments.  Beyond this illegal effort, Lyndon Johnson ordered the FBI to completely take over the investigation into the killing and report their findings to him personally (“Assignment:  Oswald,” p. 64). 

 

The killing of Kennedy was properly a matter for the state of Texas, under the US Constitution.  Yet, per Johnson’s order, the FBI displaced Texas authorities and illegally took possession of whatever evidence that the Texas people had collected.  Once the FBI was involved, they began an effort to destroy and hide accumulated evidence, as will be assessed in later chapters. 

 

 

Immediate Cover-up Action 

 

The 1976 Senate Intelligence Committee concluded that the Johnson Administration acted “Almost immediately after the assassination” to make the FBI “issue a factual report supporting the conclusion that Oswald was the lone assassin” (“Contract on America,” p. 19).

 

Thus, on Nov 22d, FBI Director Hoover and Deputy Attorney General Nicholas Katzenbach (Bobby’s right hand man) made known the need to convince the public that Oswald was the real assassin (Katzenbach’s possible motivation for this action will be addressed in a later chapter).  On Nov 24th, Hoover repeated this concern. 

 

Within a few days, Katzenbach prepared an official memo in which he said that the public must be satisfied that Oswald was the assassin, that there were no other confederates, and at a trial, Oswald would have been convicted (“Contract on America,” p. 209). 

 

Lyndon Johnson and J. Edgar Hoover were residential neighbors for 19 years.  They were close friends.  Since Hoover was approaching mandatory retirement age, he was under pressure to appease Johnson in an effort to stay on as Director of the FBI.  He was a trustworthy lieutenant to do as ordered. 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Chapter 351--The Government Cover-Up II

 

 

The Warren Cover-up 

 

One of President Johnson’s major, cover-up motions was the establishment of the deceitful, dishonest and controlled Warren Commission (discussed previously)--made up of Supreme Court Justice Earl Warren, Allen W. Dulles (former head of the CIA), John J. McCloy, US Senators Richard Russell and John Sherman Cooper, and Congressmen Gerald Ford and Hale Boggs. 

 

As will be addressed in the following comments, the appointment of this so-called “independent” Commission was a classic con maneuver.  Most importantly, the appointment of this Commission took Bobby Kennedy and the Justice Department completely out of the investigation of the murder.  Admittedly, the FBI (under Justice) was involved, but Hoover commenced reporting directly to Johnson. 

 

Consequently, from the very beginnings of the investigation, Lyndon Johnson took over personal oversight of all aspects of the case.  Bobby Kennedy was completely shut out. 

 

In order to be sure that he had one of the nation’s biggest crooks in control of the Commission, the foxy Lyndon chose Chief Justice Earl Warren to head the Commission--which would be tasked to forever hide and cover-up the truth in the John F. Kennedy killing. 

 

Certainly, LBJ knew and understood what a colossal crook Earl Warren was.  He could be totally counted upon to lie and deceive, as he was an expert at it. 

 

Warren had a reputation in FBI files and records of much deceit and dishonesty over many years (per FBI records-- “Assignment: Oswald,” p. 137-139).  At the Barnes Review of the Second International Conference on Authentic History and the First Amendment, held on June 15-17, 2001, at Washington, DC, the respected Eustace Mullins spoke about the former Chief Justice of the US Supreme Court. 

 

Mullins spoke about two strange deaths (one definitely a murder)--which propelled Earl Warren into the post of Chief Justice of the US (Jul 2, 2001, “Spotlight,” p. 9).  It seems that murder has had a peculiar presence in the rise to power of a number of prominent US politicians--like not only Warren, but also, leaders like LBJ and Bill Clinton, to be addressed in subsequent chapters. 

 

 

LBJ’s Personal Oversight

 

However, it was not just Warren that received the personal attention of Lyndon Johnson.  Other selected Commission members were likewise specifically chosen because of their personal attributes or connections. 

 

Johnson often described Ford as “playing football too long without a helmet.”  Certainly, Johnson believed that Ford was too stupid to be a threat to the government wide cover-up.  Johnson evidently looked upon Russell, Cooper and Boggs as being harmless choices as well (“Kill Zone,” p. 82)--although Boggs did prove later to have some intelligence and honesty (to be described in subsequent comments). 

 

Both Dulles and McCloy had strong connections to Wall Street and the super rich ruling the US.  McCloy will be further commented upon in the succeeding chapters. 

 

Dulles had years of contacts with the intelligence community and the fat cat internationalists ruling the US.  Beyond the link Dulles had with the plutocrats, he was also no friend of Kennedy (JFK fired him earlier, as head of the CIA).  For sure, Dulles and McCloy must have been chosen for the Warren Commission to be sure that the cover-up would proceed as planned (by the people calling the shots). 

 

Finally, in terms of the Warren Commission staff, there was a significant Amalekite presence.  Some nine of the 22 attorneys were Jewish (“Final Judgment,” p. 301, 333). 

 

With this heavy Amalekite presence, it is a certainty that any information or leads developed would be cleared with the Amalekite bankers/masters calling the shots in the US and operating from behind the scenes to protect the actual killers (as will be later described). 

 

 

Tears From Earl? 

 

With the appointment of Chief Justice Earl Warren, Johnson ushered him into his office for a preliminary, private meeting.  When Warren left, he was seen in tears. 

 

Later reports of this private meeting said that Johnson told him that he must handle information developed “responsibly” or there could be a war with the Soviets and Cubans (“Assignment:  Oswald,” p. 138).  Perhaps LBJ’s words were predicated upon the truth about Operation Mongoose-Freedom-SAS which would have certainly upset the Soviets and Cubans in view of JFK’s pledges to them. 

 

In any case, Warren heeded Johnson’s words and proceeded to effect one of the greatest government led cover-ups in history.  Since crafty Lyndon Johnson wanted a liar and a crook whom he could trust with the cover-up operation, he wisely chose Chief Justice Earl Warren.  History says that he made the right choice for lying and deceit. 

 

After the Warren Commission’s report came out and numbers of critics began surfacing to claim that it was a cover-up, Johnson contacted the Assistant FBI Director Cartha DeLoach in Nov 1966 and asked or directed that the FBI make a statement that Lee Harvey Oswald acted in a singular capacity without any plot involved (“Best Evidence,” p. 306).  And the FBI obeyed! 

 

Johnson was so paranoid over the possibility that the public might be motivated to doubt or reject the Warren Commission’s findings that he commenced a most unusual process with surfacing dissidents.  LBJ ordered the FBI to commence investigations of the Warren critics (“It Didn’t Start With Watergate,” p. 209-211). 

 

While details are now lacking, it is clear that Lyndon turned the IRS loose on the critics as well--to include New Orleans DA Jim Garrison, mentioned previously. 

 

 

But Bobby Too 

 

Many naive, political liberals in the US cannot and will not entertain the idea that the Kennedy brothers could have ever done anything wrong.  They want to believe that Jack and Bobby were lily-white and perfectionists in morality, honor and character.  For sure, they were both skunks of the worst kind. 

 

Jack manifestly set up most of the actions against Cuba and not an out-of-control CIA.  And while some of the actions against Cuba and Castro may have started during the Eisenhower years, there is no justification to blame them on Richard Nixon, after Kennedy came to power in Jan 1961 (or before Jan 1969). 

 

Succeeding subversion efforts against Cuba and assassination attempts on Castro happened because JFK ordered them. 

 

Lyndon Johnson was a liar and a crook.  There is no question that he used the Office of President to cover-up the JFK killing and that the cover-up benefited him personally. 

 

But as sorry, corrupt and evil as Lyndon Johnson was, he could never have successfully carried the cover-up caper off without Bobby Kennedy’s personal approval and participation (even though Bobby may have given that approval unwittingly and without a full comprehension of what all was involved), as well as the acquiesce and/or concurrence of numbers of other important government officials. 

 

 

Other Players 

 

One might try to make a case that J. Edgar Hoover would go off half cocked or by acting simply on the basis of orders from Johnson to make the statements which he did on Nov 22-24, 1963, for the cover-up operation.  But certainly, no one could accuse Bobby’s deputy (Nicholas Katzenbach) of being a loose cannon with his remarks (as outlined earlier). 

 

It seems highly likely that Katzenbach cleared his words with Bobby, although revelations about Katzenbach in later comments open the door to allow that Katzenbach could have acted independently and RFK simply failed to take any contrary action (because of his stupid participation in the Johnson led cover-up). 

 

Another outstanding illustration of the joint conspiratorial efforts of Johnson and Bobby to cover-up Jack’s murder also happened almost at once.  The primary CIA officials in Washington were appointed by JFK and were manifestly Kennedy loyalists.  With Jack’s assassination, they commenced a CIA investigation to determine if the murder could have had a Castro or Cuban link. 

 

Johnson found out about their investigation and ordered it stopped immediately.  Being Kennedy people, they must have grumbled some and expressed their dissatisfaction. 

 

Bobby Kennedy learned of their concern and he contacted them and reiterated Johnson’s order to stop their investigation-inquiry at once (“Assignment: Oswald,” p. 209, 221-222).  By the way, this is a good clue that the top CIA people had no participation in Jack’s death. 

 

The slightest hint of any Kennedy dissatisfaction or opposition to the cover-up would have immediately brought about a change in Johnson’s tactics.  Robert Kennedy was in obvious cahoots with LBJ on the cover-up almost from the beginning.  In fact, it appears that the placing of much of the blame for the cover-up must logically rest with Bobby, who was the Attorney General of the United States until 1964. 

 

 

A Major Effort 

 

Moreover, it is positively true that a cover-up of this magnitude could never have taken place without the personal participation and involvement of the US President and the Attorney General.  No one else in the US government had the power to completely over-ride the Pentagon, the CIA, the FBI, all executive branch departments, the Warren Commission, the Courts, etc to effect this cover-up. 

 

Whatever else might be said about both Lyndon Johnson and Robert Kennedy, no one would dare argue that they were weak or lazy bosses who did not take active roles in the management of their subordinate personnel and agencies.  With foreknowledge, neither of them would have sat back and allowed things to happen under their authority, outside the purview of their personal direction and/or approval. 

 

 

Some of the Reasons 

 

As noted above, it’s highly doubtful that any top government (Kennedy) appointees (heading the various government agencies and activities, like the CIA) would have ordered the hit themselves (although they participated in the later cover-up).  The most logical and plausible explanation of what occurred surfaces when one takes a careful look at organized crime and what all took place after JFK became President. 

 

Although Jack owed his presidency to organized crime leaders, he double-crossed them when he allowed his Attorney General, brother Bobby, to begin investigating and indicting not only some organized crime figures; but also, the Teamsters (Jimmy Hoffa)--where the Syndicate was getting a lot of money. 

 

There was also talk that Kennedy had made his mind up to withdraw US troops from Vietnam.  This move would have upset the Military-Industrial complex, mentioned by President Eisenhower.  However, it must be noted that most of the US defense production companies were and are controlled by the super rich bankers on Wall Street, described in prior chapters, and not by the US military. 

 

Consequently, any hard feelings on the part of the Military-Industrial complex would have most likely existed with the ruling plutocrats who benefited from the complex (to the tune of $500 billion to support the Vietnam conflict) and not from subordinates and lackeys in the US military or defense industry establishments (who had little to gain personally, whether the US was in Vietnam or not). 

 

In another matter, Kennedy was one of the key people in Washington who was pushing for a reduction or an elimination of the oil depletion allowance--which the oil industry was vitally opposed to.  As will be discussed later herein, the oil depletion allowance allowed investors to take deductions on their tax returns which they otherwise were not entitled to, based upon their actual cash investments. 

 

The importance of the bankers’ control of the US Military-Industrial complex (and the oil industry as well) must not be overlooked.  The bankers’ linkage to the JFK murder will be broached again in detail in the succeeding chapters.  Suffice to say, the fat cats stood to make a gob of money in a Vietnam war.  So the Kennedy plans must have upset them. 

 

A fourth reason seems to be the reported decision and preparation of an executive order by JFK to break up or reduce the CIA and apportion out its functions elsewhere--like placing covert operations in the Pentagon with the Joint Chiefs.  Clearly, prostitute politicians work for the plutocrats in using the CIA (and the US military) to further the profit goals of the controlling plutocrats (as noted in former remarks). 

 

The JFK thinking about breaking up the CIA must have concerned the plutocrats greatly.  After all, the CIA was organized and historically had functioned as a tax paid entity designed to instigate rebellions, coups, assassinations, espionage, sabotage, etc worldwide to benefit the ruling fat cats. 

 

Obviously, any effort to change the status quo on the CIA, on the so-called “Cold War,” on US involvement in Vietnam, or any other presidential action impacting on fat cat, internationalist bankers and plutocrats would have generated much interest at the governing towers on Wall Street and elsewhere in New York, London and Europe. 

 

Incidentally, when Lyndon Johnson was sworn in, one of his first acts some two days later was to cancel JFK’s plans for pulling out of Vietnam and evidently also immediately changing the CIA plans as well.  This rapid response by Johnson could be significant.  Maybe the foxy Johnson understood how close those bullets came to him. 

 

After all, Johnson did refer to an American institution of our time when he said that “we operate a Murder Incorporated.”  He knew something.  As a matter of information, Johnson and all presidents after him continued the executive action (murder program).  As late as June 17, 2002, Bush approved CIA plans to murder Saddam Hussein of Iraq.  Surely, the CIA would use the Mob in efforts like this one. 

 

 

The Cuban Reason 

 

Another reason that appears to have particularly upset the Syndicate was the fact that Kennedy (through the CIA) had been financing a joint CIA-Mob training camp of Cuban exiles near Lake Pontchartrain in South Louisiana, as well as the Guy Banister operation in New Orleans--all as a part of Operation Mongoose. 

 

Unexpectedly, JFK apparently terminated that financing in the summer of 1963 (per Ron Lewis, to be shortly profiled)--evidently following the establishment of Project Freedom, discussed earlier.  Not only did Kennedy cut the Louisiana funding, but he sent US marshals out to Lake Pontchartrain in the late summer of 63 to close down the Operation Mongoose training site. 

 

Besides being used for general subversion against Castro and Cuba, this training effort may have held out some hopes of a still future invasion of Cuba by the exiles.  Surely, the ruling plutocrats and the Mob would have known of Project Freedom.  But they may have lacked sufficient data on Kennedy’s plans to relocate his invasion plans to Latin America and the Caribbean area. 

 

Even if they did know of the Latin American alternative, it is still possible that there may have still been some apprehension that this effort under Project Freedom might not materialize and particularly since JFK was such a liar and double-crosser.  The Mob must have had some concern over whether Jack would really pursue a future Cuban invasion or not. 

 

The Mafia had had a big, profitable operation in Cuba before Castro took over.  Castro had closed down the Mob’s gambling and prostitution rings and they wanted them back in Cuba.  As long as there was anticipation and hope of a future Cuban exile action against Cuba, the Syndicate could theoretically return to power in Havana. 

 

Writer Ron Lewis, Oswald’s friend, suggests that when JFK cut the funding for the Banister subversion effort, the Mob continued it.  This action obviously did not affect the assassination team under brother Bobby which was handled separately.  Anyway, Kennedy had to go and there was hope under a Lyndon Johnson presidency (after all, Johnson was a known commodity). 

 

 

The Ron Lewis Story 

 

Some years ago, this writer met the just mentioned man named Ron Lewis (a sincere Jehovah’s Witness).  He had lived in New Orleans in 1963 and knew Lee Harvey Oswald as well as some of the other players involved in the anti-Castro operation on Lafayette and Camp Streets.  Lewis was an escaped felon at that time and was using an alias. 

 

Lewis had first met Oswald in Dallas.  Later both of them showed up in New Orleans and Lewis ran into him evidently on Camp or Canal Street, quite by accident, while Oswald was passing out pro-Castro leaflets. 

 

Ron Lewis and Oswald became good friends thereafter in New Orleans--meeting frequently at the Crescent City Garage on Magazine Street (which was mysteriously searched by some unknown party after JFK was killed in Dallas).  Ron actually worked for Banister for awhile--which gave him much insight on the operation. 

 

When the assassination took place, Lewis immediately left New Orleans, changed his name again and stayed out of the limelight.  This low profile probably saved his life, in view of the many (mobstyle) deaths of persons linked to the JFK assassination. 

 

The felon Lewis kept a low profile, mainly in Southern Texas, under another assumed alias until he eventually returned to his home state of Oregon in the 1970s.  In time, he was pardoned for his former crime and then began a campaign to clear Oswald.  Later, he came into contact with Oliver Stone and the making of the JFK movie.  He believed that Oswald was an innocent man--a patsy as Oswald himself claimed. 

 

Ron was an advisor on the “JFK” film and a panelist on the “JFK Conspiracy” TV program and movie.  In still later years, he put out the previously mentioned book on the JFK killing (“Flashback”) and the video (“Lee Oswald, JFK & Me”) which suggested that Oswald was innocent, though he possibly did carry one of the involved guns into the Dallas School Book Depository that day. 

 

 

The Patsy 

 

Actually, two rifles were found by police on the 6th floor and a third one on top of the roof of the book depository.  But for some reason, the media and leadership all lost interest in two of them (both Mausers, which mysteriously vanished after they were found), and instead, focused only on the Italian Mannlicher-Carcano rifle found on the sixth floor, which was allegedly owned by Oswald. 

 

Quickly, two photographs surfaced of Oswald holding the Italian rifle and a mail order purchase record of an alias used by Oswald.  However, later technical analysis of the photographs suggested that they had been altered--obviously, in advance of the shooting. 

 

If they were fraudulent, they were of some unidentified man holding the Italian rifle, but with the super-imposed head of Oswald later applied to the top of the man’s body in each of them. 

 

FBI interviews with Marina suggested that she took the pictures.  But it must be noted that Marina, a young Russian girl who could barely speak English, was interviewed 46 times over a two weeks period that she was held incommunicado by the FBI.  She was so afraid and so terrified that she likely would have agreed to almost anything for fear of being deported to Russia. 

 

Too, Oswald consistently denied that the gun belonged to him.  The written documentation of paraffin tests made, when he was arrested, did not indicate that he had fired a rifle that day.  This is interesting because the Dallas police publicly said the opposite--that the paraffin tests proved that Oswald had fired a rifle that day. 

 

In any case--if the Italian rife did belong to Oswald, and if he did carry it into his work site that day, it is possible that he was somehow induced to fire it innocently and harmlessly into the air (as an diversionary shot) on some pretext that the shooting was to be a ruse for certain political objectives. 

 

Reportedly, Oswald liked Kennedy.  So it is questionable that he would have ever fired to shoot him.  But he could have been induced to fire a rifle into the air or at the distant triple overpass on the premise that his shots were not to kill, but to accomplish some other alleged purpose (by the way, per earlier comments, a man near the overpass was hit with a shell fragment--which was never properly addressed by authorities). 

 

 

A Staged Event? 

 

Recent revelations have come forth that US plans were afoot in 1963 (with the foreknowledge and participation of US Attorney General Robert Kennedy) to stage a “dummy” assassination attempt on JFK which could be laid on Castro and thereby provoke a US war with Cuba (Dec 6, 2002, “American Free Press,” p. 6). 

 

Shots were to be actually fired as a part of this deception.  Something like this could have easily been in the works and could have been sold to Oswald without any trouble at all.  The point is that Oswald, the follower of Kennedy, could easily have been manipulated into working on this incident in some fashion without him even being aware that he indeed was being set up to be a patsy. 

 

 

Oswald Chosen 

 

It appears that the people calling the shots on murdering Kennedy wanted an appropriate patsy or fall guy from the beginning, knowing full well that somebody had to take the blame in order to pacify the gullible public. 

 

Apparently, Oswald was chosen--perhaps because of his alleged Marxist connections to the pro-Castro effort.  Such an acknowledged killer might help provoke the US into a future confrontation with Cuba. 

 

There was the obvious need for certain evidence to quickly surface after JFK’s death to be sure that the media and public would accept the patsy (like the photographs showing Oswald holding the gun and the mail order on the gun). 

 

Next, there was the question of the bullets.  Some bullets fired in advance by the Carcano would have to conveniently show up (like the pristine shell at Parkland and the two fragments found in the Kennedy limousine). 

 

If Oswald was a patsy set up by the killers, as allowed by Ron Lewis, it would seem likely that the people directing the assassination would have made some appropriate preparations in advance to be sure that Oswald would be quickly killed, shortly after the Kennedy death. 

 

Certainly, the persons directing the JFK killing would have wanted Oswald dead, before he was arrested and had a chance to talk and reveal information which might lead to a realization of a conspiracy.  Was some Dallas policeman under Mob control designated for this task?

 

Interestingly, just after Oswald left his rooming house at around 1 PM on the 22d, two policemen arrived there in a patrol car looking for him.  Most assassination students have either ignored this event or had no explanation for it.  This writer cannot account for this turn either.  But one must wonder if these two patrolmen (real or alleged) were Mob agents charged with liquidating Oswald. 

 

 

J. D. Tippit 

 

Some allegations have surfaced suggesting that Dallas policeman J. D. Tippit (who was allegedly shot by Oswald--just after the JFK murder) may have also had some connections with the Mafia. 

 

For sure, Tippit was a close Ruby associate (“Contract on America,” p. 268).  Maybe he was a Mob linked Dallas policeman, under orders to shoot and murder the supposed patsy Oswald, just after the Kennedy killing.  If Oswald did shoot Tippit, he may have shot him in self defense to save his own life. 

 

In any case, Oswald was carrying a 38 revolver that day.  Some 38 shell casings were found at the Tippit murder scene, but the casings indicated that they were ejected by a 38 automatic (not a revolver, as carried by Oswald, which would not automatically discharge its shell casings as would happen with an automatic). 

 

Also, the bullets recovered from Tippit’s body could not be tied to Oswald’s gun by ballistics.  Finally, one witness to the murder said Tippit was shot by two men.  Manifestly, there are important questions about the charge that Oswald shot Tippit. 

 

 

The Murder of Oswald 

 

Once the alleged patsy was not murdered immediately following the Kennedy shooting, as was likely supposed to have happened, Ruby must have undertaken the task of silencing him (per Mob orders) at the first opportunity, even while he was in custody at the Dallas Police Department. 

 

This was not hard to do, since Jacob had local connections with the Dallas police.  With Oswald dead (as was true for many of the other participants and witnesses), there was less chance of truth ever surfacing. 

 

Why did Rubenstein commit this obvious act of murder, knowing full well that he would be arrested and tried for it? 

 

Perchance this option was safer for him than disobeying the Mob (in the subsequent murder order or for failing to kill Oswald earlier).  Too, he probably believed that most juries would acquit him for killing the Communist murderer of the “beloved” Kennedy. 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Chapter 352--The Bankers Called the Shots

 

 

The Bankers Revisited 

 

From the various presentations on the super rich plutocrat bankers in the former chapters, it is readily manifest that their hands are involved in all of the big money operations.  Strangely enough, this situation extends into all kinds of things in the current Christian sun worship society. 

 

To pursue this theme, it is necessary to revisit the prior chapters on the death of YESHUA which illustrated the role that the bankers played in the execution of This Righteous MAN.  Interestingly, the international bankers and super-rich plutocrats of today are much like those responsible for YESHUA’s death 2,000 years ago. 

 

In fact, there is every reason to believe that they “mostly” are of the same racial and ethnic background and probably have been involved in the deaths of all of the righteous from Abel on to our time here in the early 21st century, as discussed previously. 

 

From the beginnings of the United States, these parasites worked long and hard to take over the US monetary system.  They did so in 1913 with the election of Woodrow Wilson and the passage of the Federal Reserve Act (as described in former chapters).  For certain, since 1913, almost all American politicians have been subservient to these super-rich internationalists. 

 

Unbeknown to a lot of Americans, the Federal Reserve is a private banking corporation (as noted in preceding chapters) which exists for and benefits its super-rich owners--who operate from behind the scenes to use the Fed to manipulate the stock, bond, derivities and futures markets in such a fashion that they can make gobs of money. 

 

Since the super rich own vast blocks of controlling stock in most large corporations and in the media and entertainment giants, they are able to manipulate, influence and effectively control the voting public, as well as almost all other facets of the American culture, as shown in former comments.  That’s why nothing changes in Washington and regardless of who is elected. 

 

As demonstrated in heretofore remarks, the big boys are in charge and the politicians, as well as the preachers and leadership in the whole American society, are collectively under the thumbs of the fat cats who have the big bucks and call the shots. 

 

No ambitious person trying to move up the ladder of success would dare publicly question the super rich.  Now, it’s possible to understand why Rush Limbaugh does not allow any discussion about the plutocrats on his program.  If a caller brings up the subject, Limbaugh cuts him off and becomes very angry 

 

This is interesting because otherwise Limbaugh encourages and promotes calls from his adversaries--liberals, environmentalists, feminists, etc.  He has no problem with talking to Democrats and/or liberals in general.  His opposition is focused entirely on people who would dare bring up the issue of conspiracy and the ruling plutocrats. 

 

Consequently, the fat cats get richer and richer as the dumb, gullible public, at large, gets poorer and poorer from the robbery and exploitation.  It’s been that way ever since Nebuchadnezzar set the sun worship, capitalist, economic system up 2,500 years ago in ancient Babylon. 

 

 

Ron Lewis, Revisited--On the Bankers? 

 

Anyway, the short of the preceding chapters is that Ron Lewis indicated in his publications and orally to this writer that in his opinion Kennedy’s death was ordered by the money power (largely on Wall Street and in the ivory towers of Europe), primarily because Kennedy had signed an executive order in 1963 which would allow the US Government to issue United States Notes without using Federal Reserve Notes and borrowing money from the bankers. 

 

Of course, this Kennedy scheme could have saved the US vast sums in interest.  Lewis’ suggestion made immediate sense to this writer because a friend had once showed me one of those US notes issued in 1963 and it was easy to verify the executive order involved. 

 

In “Kill Zone” (p. 189), Craig Roberts draws about the same conclusion on the cause or motive for JFK’s death as Ron Lewis, but focuses primarily on the Rothschild bankers (described in prior chapters).  Roberts gives the EO as 11,110 which supposedly authorized the Treasury to issue over $4 billion in US Notes, in competition with Federal Reserve Notes issued by the privately-owned Federal Reserve Bank. 

 

 

More on the US Notes 

 

In “Final Judgment” (p. 348-352), Michael Collins Piper points out that EO 11,110 did not address US Notes, per se, but involved amending earlier EOs which concerned the issuance of US Silver Certificates and silver coins.  But Piper also indicates that Congress, on May 31, 1878, required the Treasury to keep US Notes in the amount of $322,539,016 in circulation at all times. 

 

Michael Piper went on to note a 1982 “Spotlight” paper interview with Rudy Villareal, then director of the Currency Operations Division of the Treasury.  Villareal acknowledged the law requiring the issuance of US Notes but added that the notes (though  printed) were kept in a Treasury vault and not issued to the public. 

 

It is unclear when the Treasury stopped issuing US Notes to the public (but perhaps it happened with the passage of the Federal Reserve Act in 1913).  In any case, the thing Kennedy did do was to start again to issue US Notes to the public (ibid, p. 350).  It is unclear exactly how much of this money Kennedy issued.  But he did take this action during his term. 

 

Apparently, Johnson withdrew the US Notes in circulation during his term, although apparently some $100 notes were issued in 1966.  There is a picture of a 1966 $100 US Note in “Final Judgment” which suggests that LBJ may have been constrained with work already in the pipeline which practically could not be stopped at once.  In any case, this discontinuance move made the super rich bankers very happy. 

 

It is unclear how many or how much US Notes were issued by Kennedy--perhaps $322.5 million or some other amount.  For sure, he did take this action (because, as noted above, this writer has seen and handled some of the US Notes in my lifetime).  But clearly, JFK did take this action, in contrast to many or most of his predecessors and successors who refused to publicly issue this US money. 

 

 

Gaylon Ross

 

In “The Elite Serial Killers of Lincoln, JFK, RFK & MLK” (p. 153-154), Gaylon Ross acknowledged the money issue as being the catalyst for the Kennedy assassination. 

 

But his focus was on some $4,292,893,825 as being the essence of the money problem (perhaps these silver certificates were issued as US Notes, but simply with silver backing or redeemable in silver).  While EO 11,110 did not state this amount, it possibly did free some silver held by the Treasury which would go on to allow the new silver certificates. 

 

Ross suggests that these silver certificates were withdrawn by Johnson.  But it is not clear how this recall action was accomplished.  For sure, presidents after JFK did take action to eliminate all US Notes in circulation, and to eliminate all gold and silver backing for Federal Reserve Notes, also in circulation since 1913. 

 

 

Thus,

 

Because of reasons already stated and to follow, this writer agrees essentially with Lewis, Ross and Roberts, but with the clarification that the bankers involved had to be the ruling Amalekite Jew bankers/masters in North America and Europe, who call most of the shots in the Christian West.  This combine would include the Rothschild bankers and some of the other powerful Amalekite families (like perhaps the Bronfmans). 

 

Furthermore, the point must be made that probably this presence of the US Notes and/or silver certificates was not just the single reason why the Amalekite Jewish bankers chose to murder JFK.  Probably, there were a host of reasons (which could have involved any or all of the problems with Kennedy, as mentioned in prior chapters), as well as the dilemma over the US Notes. 

 

 

Lincoln 

 

Beyond what Kennedy had done and with his death, there is an abundance of evidence suggesting that something similar happened with Abraham Lincoln and his issuance of “greenbacks” (without borrowing from the bankers) and his later death at the hands of a conspiracy, which probably was planned and financed by the fat cat, Amalekite Jew bankers (who were afraid of Lincoln’s monetary policies). 

 

Per the above quoted Robert Gaylon Ross, in his book “The Elite Serial Killers of Lincoln, JFK, RFK & MLK” (p. 26-30), the Rothschilds financed and organized the Knights of the Golden Circle (previously mentioned) to not only foment and cause the US Civil War, but to assassinate Lincoln (because of his stand against their efforts to take over the US monetary system).  

 

John Wilkes Booth and his coconspirators were allegedly members of the Knights.  Ross indicates that Booth went to London, England several weeks before the killing of Lincoln to meet with Rothschild people.  He may have picked up a bundle of money from the Rothschilds as he had several thousand dollars in his pocket when he was later killed (this money made no sense as he was an unemployed, transient actor). 

 

 

William Stanton 

 

In “Kill Zone” (p. 170), Craig Roberts suggests that the Lincoln killing involved not only John Wilkes Booth and eight alleged coconspirators; but also, Secretary of War William Stanton and over 70 other government and business leaders--all the way to the Rothschild bank. 

 

When Booth’s diary was found, it was given to Stanton.  When it later was presented for the investigation, some eighteen pages had been mysteriously ripped out (“Kill Zone,” p. 170).  Stanton would have become president if the conspirators had also murdered Vice President Andrew Johnson and Secretary of State William Seward (both in line for the presidency), as they were scheduled to do. 

 

Stanton’s race and ethnicity are unclear.  But it would seem that he may have had some Amalekite genes.  Pictures of his facial features and nose suggest it.  And there is the reality of his great evil.  He was a very wicked person and evidently was the man whom the Rothschilds wanted in the presidency.  With his failure to gain the presidency, he became an arch enemy of the later President Andrew Johnson. 

 

It is both interesting and significant that historians have tried to paint a picture of Stanton as a loyal, dedicated and Lincoln-supportive Secretary of War.  Some of them have tried to allege that Stanton was concerned about Lincoln’s safety.  While it is unclear where this thinking came from, the better bet is that much or all of it came directly from the memoirs and pen of Stanton himself (de-facto, in subsequent years). 

 

 

An Amalekite Rothschild Conspiracy 

 

For sure, there was a conspiracy in the Lincoln killing and the surviving records and evidence (that part of it which escaped the oversight and sanitizing by Rothschild and/or Stanton agents) indicates that Stanton was one of the primary leaders of the murder effort. 

 

A group of seven people were ultimately arrested and some four were hanged (including a woman), plus the brutal murder of the accused John Wilkes Booth (before he could be interviewed and talk).  The seven accused were tried by a military court (under Stanton’s supervision) and none were allowed to speak in court at the trial.  Whatever they knew, their lips were sealed. 

 

Like Stanton, Booth’s true racial origin is unclear.  However, pictures of him from the side show much evidence of a Hittite-Edomite nose.  Pictures of his brothers also suggest Edomite ancestry.  This family was prominent in acting and on the stage.  For vast, long centuries, Canaanites and their Edomite descendants have flocked to the acting profession.  So an Edomite linkage for Booth is very plausible. 

 

Yet, Booth and most or all of the alleged conspirators were supposedly Southern sympathizers and Roman Catholics in religion.  This Catholic connection made some believe that the conspiracy was Catholic, and especially so since one of the accused persons fled to Europe and was given sanctuary and a job at the Vatican as a papal guard. 

 

Tragically, the South was charged in the murder and took the blame for it, in terms of history.  But what most overlook is the fact the South was hurt by the death as much as the rest of the nation.  It would have been horrible beyond description if the evil Stanton would have become president.  He hated the South (plus the North as well).  He would have imposed a Rothschild dictatorship at once. 

 

In fact, as Secretary of War, he almost imposed a dictatorship under his own supervision, after Lincoln’s death--outside the purview of President Andrew Johnson (since both Stanton and Johnson were arch enemies).  Stanton had the support of the money power and the radical Republicans, who essentially controlled Congress.  He would have been a tyrant as president. 

 

 

Nixon 

 

Money seems to have been the reason behind the forced resignation of Richard Nixon.  Nixon was elected president in 1968 by the big money boys, as has been true with all presidents since Woodrow Wilson.  But Tricky Dick ran into some problems with the Amalekite Jewish bankers that were not exactly of his own making. 

 

For some years now, there has been infighting among the Rockefeller bankers and the Rothschild bankers in the United States (to establish the pecking order).  Historically, the Rockefellers have held the upper hand in the US (but not in Europe where the Rothschilds prevailed), although they have been slowly losing out in US power since WWII to the Amalek-Edomite Rothschilds who have been gaining strength here. 

 

The “New York Times” and its “Time” magazine cohort once were Rockefeller agents (in former times--but in the last several years, these Amalekite media powers have switched allegiance to the up-coming Rothschilds), while the “Washington Post” and its “Newsweek” subsidiary have allegedly always been tied to the Rothschilds. 

 

The Rockefellers (ruling the US historically) have pushed for a demonetization of gold and an enhancement of oil in the international arena.  Conversely, the Rothschilds (ruling Europe historically) have used gold as their primary assets of value.  While the Rockefellers have had great strength in the past in the US, their power is now on the downside in their long war with the Rothschilds. 

 

Richard Nixon was suckered into this Rockefeller and Rothschild war and took the Rockefeller side by closing the outflow of American gold to Europe.  Some say this sealed his fate and assured that the “Washington Post” would go to work on him to have him destroyed over the petty Watergate break-in and his lies to cover it up. 

 

 

Robert Vesco 

 

The notorious Robert Vesco (another likely Amalekite or Edomite, who ripped off the Investors Overseas Services of millions) was a former Mossad agent.  After breaking with the Mossad, he charged that the same people who were behind the Kennedy killing were behind the later Watergate scandal involving President Richard Nixon (“Final Judgment,” p. 328, 366). 

 

Vesco went further by charging that the whole Watergate fiasco and plan to impeach Nixon was set up by Nixon’s enemies six months before the break-in.  Per “Final Judgment” (p. 366-382), this set up was handled by Mossad operators in the CIA, including the Director of Counterintelligence, James Angleton.  Allegedly, the Mossad people planned the scam and Nixon stupidly fell into their trap. 

 

 

The Decision 

 

In “Final Judgment” (p. 366-367), Michael Collins Piper allowed this scenario when he suggested that the same force which did Richard Nixon in, also did John F. Kennedy in (which, per Piper, was the Jewish power in Israel).  However, the best option seems to be that Amalekite Jew bankers/masters were the actual people who had done both presidents in (as will be established in succeeding comments herein). 

 

Having spent some years in studying the Illuminati (to be later discussed) and its nefarious activities, it has been clear to me that this banking rulership (mainly by Amalek-Edomite Jews) is still around and has been around exercising its money power and influence for the last 2,500 years (as noted elsewhere herein). 

 

Naturally, John Kennedy was elected by and to serve this hidden agenda, just as his predecessors have done since 1912.  The fact that he went against them in 1963 (as elsewhere established herein) was similar to the situation with YESHUA in 30 CE (the difference being that The MESSIAH was a righteous MAN and Kennedy was a double-crosser and a scoundrel). 

 

While the money issue surely was one of the motivational reasons for the Kennedy killing, it would be too simplistic to say that the plutocrat bankers elected to kill JFK precisely for just that one reason.  Actually, as briefly noted above, the Amalekite Jewish bankers, in particular (who likely made the decision), had  a host of reasons (with the US Notes situation being just one of them). 

 

Probably, the Amalekite Jewish bankers/masters (to be described more fully in subsequent commentary) made the actual decision based upon several causes--most of which are outlined herein above and in previous chapters). 

 

Surely, it was this mass of good reasons for JFK’s death which prompted the Amalekite Jewish bankers to order the hit--using primarily the Mob, CIA and Mossad; but also, calling upon cover up work and assistance from their assets in the Media and the US and Israeli governments. 

 

 

The Real Mob Power 

 

An obvious Amalekite Jew, named Meyer Lansky, previously mentioned, was and had been chairman of the board of the Syndicate in New York for 30 years before Kennedy came along.  Certainly, he was in the line of authority from New York to New Orleans and probably gave the JFK hit order to Marcello. 

 

As suggested in a former chapter, many persons erroneously assume that the Mafia is a Sicilian operation.  While that’s partly true, most of the leadership of the gangs has been in Amalekite hands over the years (as outlined in a prior chapter).  Clearly, the Amalekites were calling the shots in the Mafia in the 1960s.  The Mob players were involved because the Amalekite bosses ordered the hit. 

 

While the Amalekite led US Mob would have called upon and used the CIA, Mossad and any other force (of Amalekite agents and/or janissary lackeys), as necessary, to accomplish the hit contract from the Amalekite bankers, probably the Mob handled most of the details, particulars and resources of the ZR/Rifle or SAS unit within the US government which involved the Mob and CIA (and the Mossad, as necessary). 

 

Of most importance, the fact is that the Amalekites are extremely clannish and stick together against all outsiders.  They are always together on things of importance (though they may be divided and in opposition on things of little or no importance).  Most of them consciously or unconsciously support the secret Satanic agenda of the Amalekite bankers and masters for global rule in the coming New World Order. 

 

Add in the incredible power of money and the stupendous power of the plutocrats and its easy to see that the Amalekite masters (working for and serving the Amalekite international bankers) direct and manage the whole Amalekite oppression against the dumb, Christian, Israelite goyim.  The organized crime syndicate is just one more part of the Amalekite formula of evil against Yisrael. 

 

 

The Money Power 

 

The larger aspect of the money power was discussed in previous chapters.  Money talks and calls all of the shots of importance in the Western, Christian civilization.  Organized crime would not be allowed to exist and function in the Christian West were it not for the fact that the plutocrat bankers are getting part of the take. 

 

Again, as just noted, Amalekite Jew gang leaders answer to Amalekite Jew masters who are subservient to Amalekite Jew bankers.  It is this reality which makes it undeniable that the Amalekite Jewish bankers ordered the hit on John F. Kennedy--through the Amalekite Jewish controlled power structure (in the US and Israeli governments, Mafia, CIA, Mossad, etc). 

 

The alleged suicide of Baron George DeMohrenschildt (friend, colleague, and probable CIA handling agent of Lee Harvey Oswald in early 1963), just before he was to testify before the US Congress on the Kennedy killing in the 1970s, was broached in a previous chapter.  Certainly, there was more to this story than what the world has come to believe in the vein of his “suicide.” 

 

In any case, it has to be significant that before his death, DeMohrenschildt believed and told others that the Jews and the Jewish Mafia were out to get him (“Final Judgment,” p. 332).  George also mistakenly spread around his ideas on the assassination as involving a conspiracy and that he unwittingly had played a role in that conspiracy.  No wonder he mysteriously committed “suicide,” just before testifying. 

 

 

More Twists From “Spotlight” 

 

The “Spotlight” paper suggested for years that JFK’s assassination was carried out by Mossad agents, or at least involved Mossad agents.  This is not necessarily an unreasonable possibility since the Israeli gangsters are closely connected to American gangsters; and since much of the Israeli government is in the hands of evil Amalekites, just as is true with the US and other Western Christian governments. 

 

Rather than importing Sicilian gangsters from France (as charged by Craig Roberts), it is possible that the New York based Amalekite crime bosses imported Israelis for the actual hit. 

 

Significantly, a new twist to this issue was publicized in the Aug 16, 1999, “Spotlight” (p. B2-3) in a report by Michael Collins Piper on “John John Made Powerful Enemies by Publishing Controversial Stories.” 

 

Piper not only suggests that Mossad hit men actually pulled the trigger on Jack, but he has went on  to prove the presence of a Mossad group of agents in Dallas, TX on Nov 22, 1963--ostensibly, on a US-Israel military briefing tour.  Former Mossad agent Yitzhak Rabin (who was later assassinated while Israel’s Prime Minister) was one of those present in Dallas that day. 

 

Rabin’s widow has subsequently seen fit to say that Rabin’s presence in Dallas was a mere coincidence (perhaps because of the allegations of a Mossad link to Kennedy’s death). 

 

Maverick Israeli journalist Barry Chamish (previously quoted herein) entered the controversy in 1999 by charging that the Mossad did, in fact, have a role in the Kennedy assassination (Jan 3 & 10, 2000, “Spotlight,” p. 20).  Chamish says that Israeli Prime Minister David Ben-Gurion was angry at Kennedy because JFK was trying to stop Israel from building nuclear bombs. 

 

This, per Chamish, was sufficient to get the Mossad involved in some way (not in the core plot, but in some ancillary role, evidently with the CIA).  Chamish agrees with “Spotlight” researcher Michael Collins Piper that a shadowy corporation named Permindex, a Mossad front organization, was involved in the Kennedy killing. 

 

Barry Chamish has some reputation in these matters because he was the man who uncovered evidence suggesting that the Israeli intelligence service had a role in the just mentioned assassination of former Israeli Prime Minister Yitzhak Rabin (which will be broached in a later chapter). 

 

 

More on the Mossad 

 

“Spotlight” (p. 21) of Jan 24, 2000, had a follow-up report on the Mossad connection in a story on “Missing Link Found in JFK Murder.”  The JFK conflict with Israel over nuclear weapons has been confirmed in recent years by Israeli historian Avner Cohen, who also suggests that with Lyndon Johnson’s presidency, this conflict ended. 

 

The Permindex Corporation was headed by Louis Bloomfield of Montreal (a clear Amalekite) who was an operative for the super rich Bronfman family of Canada (discussed in a prior chapter) and the Amalekite run Banque De Credit Internationale (in the hands of the Amalekite Tibor Rosenbaum, discussed previously). 

 

The connections between Rosenbaum and the Bronfmans with the Amalekite Mafia boss Meyer Lansky were addressed in previous chapters.  Now, an interesting twist enters the story because “Spotlight” reveals that the faggot Clay Shaw served in 1963 on the Board of Directors of Permindex (putting him in direct contact with the Mossad and the Amalekite organized crime figures). 

 

Not only was Shaw an apparent Mossad agent (and maybe even an Amalekite or Edomite racially), but Michael Collins Piper suggests that the previously mentioned Francisco Fiorini (alias Frank Sturgis, of later Watergate fame) was also a Mossad asset (“Final Judgment,” p. 326). 

 

“Spotlight” claims that New Orleans DA Jim Garrison (who prosecuted Shaw) circularized an unpublished manuscript which fingered the Mossad as the prime mover behind the JFK murder conspiracy (Jan 24, 2000, “Spotlight,” p. 21). 

 

In the context of the French connection to the JFK killing, “Spotlight” notes that Permindex was involved in an assassination attempt against former French President Charles DeGaulle.  Per a French intelligence officer, the Mossad (possibly through its front group Permindex) contracted for one of JFK’s killers, who was probably a Corsican hitman. 

 

This scenario seems to have some support from the previously discussed allegations from Craig Roberts that the actual hit team involved three players from the Corsican Brotherhood (Mafia) of Marseille, France.  Is it possible that the Mossad (through Permindex or however) arranged for these killers for the CIA and/or Mafia? 

 

US Congressman Paul Findley (R-IL) perceptively noted that “in all the words written about the assassination of John F. Kennedy, Israel’s intelligence agency, the Mossad, has never been mentioned, despite the obvious fact Mossad complicity is as plausible as any of the other theories” (Jan 24, 2000, “Spotlight,” p. 21).  However, “Spotlight” has not held back in making its allegations about a Mossad link. 

 

 

The Mossad-CIA Role 

 

Through the years, numerous writers have made a CIA tie to the Kennedy killing.  The above quoted remarks of Israeli journalist Barry Chamish in 1999 linking the Mossad perhaps to the CIA in some role in the murder is interesting.  Over the years, these two agencies have had much cooperation and contact.  So it is reasonable to believe that the CIA would have briefed the Mossad on some of the Cuban operations. 

 

Actually, whether the CIA really took the Mossad into its confidence or not matters little or nothing at all.  After all, the Amalekite mobsters and agents involved in the CIA-Cuban operations would have certainly tipped off their racial/ethnic cousins in the Mossad.  As a minimum, the Mossad knew what was going on. 

 

Importantly, the Amalekite bankers and masters in New York, London and Europe pull the strings in Israel as well as in the US and Britain.  In that sense, all these government leaders and politicians answer to this power structure.   Manifestly, the CIA, FBI, Mossad, Shin Bet and on and on all effectively work for the international Amalekite bankers and masters (either directly or indirectly). 

 

For sure, this conspiracy will see to it that these various intelligence services are kept informed on a need to know basis of what all is going on in the big picture.  Thus, the Mossad knew whatever they wanted to know or would need to know (from the standpoint of the ruling Amalekite Jew bankers/masters) about the Cuban subversion, involving the CIA and Mob. 

 

 

More From “Final Judgment” 

 

In “Final Judgment,” Michael Collins Piper concluded that the state of Israel ordered the hit on JFK and used her assets in the Mossad, CIA and Meyer Lansky crime organization to carry out the task.  Per Piper, the Israelis were upset with JFK over his opposition to the Israeli nuclear program, his plans to treat the Arabs even handily and because of his father’s general dislike of Jews (to be shortly profiled). 

 

Piper lays the big problem out when JFK told Golda Meir that the Kennedy Doctrine was that the interests of Israel and the US were not always the same (“Final Judgment,” p. 44).  For sure, this indiscreet, little remark may have been just one more nail put into Jack’s coffin.  We can be sure that once Golda heard those words, she passed them along to the ruling Amalekite Jews in New York or London. 

 

Conversely, LBJ was a known supporter of Israel (“Final Judgment,” p. 59), who could be counted upon to reverse the Kennedy Doctrine (as Johnson did, upon becoming president).  Therefore, it was in the interest of the Israelis that Kennedy be replaced by Johnson (as Piper sees it). 

 

“Final Judgment” (p. 97) suggests that James Jesus Angleton (Director of Counterintelligence at the CIA), previously referenced herein, was a Mossad mole, who ran a second, rogue, pro-Israel, CIA group within the existing CIA which must have included some part of the ZR/Rifle assassination program. 

 

Apparently, part of the CIA was also tied directly to the Mossad--like Clay Shaw and Francisco Fiorini, noted above, who worked for both organizations (“Final Judgment,” p. 598).  Piper seems to suggest that the 2nd CIA group conspired with the Mossad and the Lansky Mob people to murder JFK. 

 

Supposedly, the Mossad (through its front organization, Permindex) arranged for the actual French gunmen (“Final Judgment,” p. 186, 242, 249, 303, 507-513, 574-576).  Importantly, Piper quotes a former French intelligence official as saying that Yitzhak Shamir, the Mossad director of special assassinations in 1963, arranged for one of the gunmen (ibid, p. 324).  Shamir was to later become an Israeli Prime Minister. 

 

Michael Collins Piper was uncertain whether the French gunmen were from the French Secret Army Organization or the Corsican Mafia.  But he did name one of them as being Michael Mertz (whose name sounds like an Amalekite name). 

 

In “The Elite Serial Killers of Lincoln, JFK, RFK & MLK” (p. 116), Gaylon Ross says that Mertz worked for the OAS (the French Secret Army Organization) and the Mossad (which spells out the certainty that he was an Amalekite Jew). 

 

 

More From “Spotlight” 

 

Also, through the years, “Spotlight” had been monitoring the Kennedy killing and subsequent events.  This paper has published several stories--some of which have been quoted in this study in previous remarks. 

 

In particular, “Spotlight” had published much material from attorney Mark Lane, previously mentioned, who had been a Kennedy supporter and became involved in his own subsequent investigation.  Mark Lane is just one of several persons who have offered evidence raising questions about the CIA and its role in Dallas that day. 

 

In any case, “Spotlight” received information back in 1978 from Victor Marchetti (previously quoted herein) that the CIA was prepared to publicly admit that E. Howard Hunt, previously described and commented upon herein, had been involved in the Kennedy killing as a “rogue agent,” without CIA sanction. 

 

Marchetti is one more person who is quoted herein as being credible.  He is important in the present discussion because he worked in the CIA’s main office in Langly for some years as an assistant to the Director of the CIA.  In effect, Victor was a CIA insider who knew what was generally going on in the agency. 

 

The background on this CIA maneuver was because of the publicity Hunt received from the Watergate scandal which brought Richard Nixon down in 1974.  Hunt was not only one of the secret players in the Cuban affair (under John F. Kennedy), but he was one of the secret players in the Watergate scandal (along with G. Gordon Liddy and a host of others). 

 

After the Watergate crisis, the Rockefeller Commission made an investigation of the CIA (which was about like letting the fox investigate the theft of the chickens).  True, there had been some CIA misdeeds over the years worthy of criticizing.  However, unexpectantly, this investigation produced three photographs of some tramps in the Dallas area just after Kennedy was shot.  One of the tramps was allegedly Hunt. 

 

 

Hunt--A Rogue Agent? 

 

Perhaps this was the backdrop which prompted CIA officials in 1978 to at least talk about the CIA involvement; but in the context that Hunt was a rogue agent working on his own outside the purview of official CIA channels.  So Marchetti tipped off “Spotlight,” and she published this story in her August 14, 1978, issue. 

 

The basis of Marchetti’s remarks was an internal CIA memo signed off by CIA Director Richard Helms and the CIA’s Chief of Counterintelligence, James Angleton.  Ostensibly, the memo was prepared in 1966 and noted that Hunt was in Dallas that day and that in the future the CIA would have to explain his presence there. 

 

Supposedly, the flare up over Watergate and the publicity given E. Howard Hunt then opened the door to the possibility of further inquiries.  This backdrop created the situation where the CIA was running hard to manufacture a cover story which would take the heat off of the agency.  That’s when the CIA came up with the report that Hunt was a rogue agent. 

 

 

The Libel Trial 

 

So anyway, “Spotlight” had run its story and Hunt proceeded to sue them for libel.  Attorney Mark Lane represented “Spotlight.”  After losing the first trial, “Spotlight” got a second trial and won its case.  This is the background that prompted “Spotlight” (p. 21) on Feb 14, 2000, to run a story on “Major Media Suppress Historic Trial” which gave the history of this confrontation with Hunt. 

 

The essence of the Feb 14, 2000, story was that when “Spotlight” won its civil suit with Hunt on Feb 6, 1985, the jury concluded that the CIA was involved in the assassination of John F. Kennedy.  After the trial, the jury foreman told the media the following: 

 

“Mr Lane was asking us to do something very difficult.  He was asking us to believe that John Kennedy had been killed by our own government.  Yet when we examined the evidence closely, we were compelled to conclude that the CIA had indeed killed President Kennedy.” 

 

One of the highlights of the trial was when Lane presented Marita Lorenz to the jury.  Her story was told heretofore. 

 

She testified that she and other Cubans came to Dallas on November 21, 1963, in a two car caravan with several CIA agents armed with telescopic rifles--including the previously discussed Frank Sturgis (whose real name was Francisco Fiorini, as discussed earlier), also of Watergate fame.  Ms Lorenz said they were met in Dallas by E. Howard Hunt and later Jack Ruby. 

 

Mark Lane also deposed reporter Joe Trento who had been a confidante of James Angleton.  Angleton had told Trento that Hunt was in Dallas that day.  This was the straw that broke the camel’s back.  The jury found for “Spotlight.” 

 

 

Some Conclusions on the Case

 

The “Spotlight” had three conclusions from this case--viz:  First, the CIA intended to throw Hunt to the wolves, but evidently backed off and sent Angleton’s deputy Newton Miller to Miami to testify for Hunt. 

 

Next, “Spotlight” says that because she exposed Hunt’s involvement and the agency’s plans to dump him (in advance), the CIA decided to shelve its previous rogue scheme.  Last, per “Spotlight,” if anyone knows for sure what happened in Dallas that day, it would be E. Howard Hunt. 

 

The relevance of the February 14, 2000, “Spotlight” story was that back in 1985, a jury had found that the CIA was involved in the Kennedy killing.  But like so many other events of major importance, the controlled national media hid this story and never reported it to the public. 

 

 

More on Reality 

 

Otherwise, “Spotlight” has come to the same conclusions that others have in terms of the real reason for JFK’s death. 

 

In an August 16, 1999, story on “Federal Reserve Monopoly Targeted by the Kennedys,” by Michael Collins Piper, “Spotlight” (p. B12) charged that Kennedy was in the process of dismantling the privately owned Federal Reserve system which would be “the ultimate undoing of Jewish power in America.”  This single item would have to be the most important one of all to motivate the bankers to kill JFK. 

 

This report indicated that old Joe Kennedy Sr was much opposed to the Jewish power (correctly Amalekite power--ed) over America, as noted above, and was one of the early opponents of that power and the efforts of the diabolical Amalekite Franklin Roosevelt to involve the US in WWII.  Allegedly, old Joe had indoctrinated his sons on the need to secretly work against the Jewish power in the US. 

 

If this story is true (and it appears to be factual since it had a lot of support from many sources over the years), it might suggest that old Joe Kennedy could have had some Danite genes in his ancestry to prompt this attitude. 

 

Maybe he wasn’t a total Edomite--although his wife Rose likely was pure Edomite since her line of the Fitzgeralds were extremely wicked and far more depraved than old Joe was. 

 

The Fitzgeralds were some of the early Irish gangsters and crooked politicians in New England.  Perhaps most of Joe’s children took after their mother’s side of the family since most of them seem to have been just as wicked and depraved as the Fitzgeralds.   

 

 

The Amalekites Understood the Drift 

 

In any case, old Joe Kennedy allegedly told a friend named DeWest Hooker (mentioned earlier herein) that his son John would run as a colleague and friend of the Jewish money power.  Once in the presidency, Jack would supposedly turn against the Jewish money power and dismantle the Federal Reserve system.  Apparently, Hooker has now passed on these private conversations with Joe Kennedy.  

 

Manifestly, the ruling Amalekites must have perceived in 1963 that JFK was turning against them. 

 

And when it comes time to assassinate and kill or remove anyone of threat to them, they do it.  It’s not hard to envision that this Amalekite (money power) gang took out Richard Nixon and ordered the assassinations of Abraham Lincoln (discussed previously), James Garfield (also mentioned earlier) and John F. Kennedy, just as in earlier years, they ordered the murder of the righteous man YESHUA. 

 

Robert Gaylon Ross, in his book on “The Serial killers of Lincoln, JFK, RFK & MLK” (p. 3). notes an earlier effort of the Rothschild bankers to assassinate Andy Jackson in 1835.  Per Jackson’s comments then, this attempt was because of his battle over the Second US Bank (which he opposed).  There were also plans to assassinate President John Tyler for his opposition to the bankers (ibid, p. 4).  

 

 

Political Enemies? 

 

The power of the Amalekite Jew bankers/masters in America to wipe out political enemies like JFK surfaces in connection with the James Traficant and David Duke cases, which will be described in a later chapter.  There is no need to try to cover those two cases at this time. 

 

But they must be cited now in the vein that the Amalekite Jew bankers/masters have before and will when necessary use the full resources of the US or Israeli governments to destroy their enemies. 

 

Importantly, the Traficant case revealed some very disturbing things going on in Washington which need to be highlighted. 

 

In the April 15, 2002, “American Free Press” (p. 12), Michael Collins Piper (in an article on “Did ‘Nesher’ Nail Traficant?”) addressed the Traficant case and how US Department of Justice people went after him full blast--evidently by using the previously mentioned internal Nesher network of federal agent provocateurs (within the US government) to nail him. 

 

The Nesher and Justice conspiratorial operations will be discussed in more detail in later chapters and need no particular comment now.  But there are some features about these operations which are most intriguing, and which directly relate to the question at hand of political murders and oppression. 

 

Piper says that Traficant was “lucky” because former US Attorney General Elliot Richardson (who was the attorney for the INSLAW company, which will be discussed later) said that the Office of Special Investigations (within the Department of Justice) housed a secret assassination squad which apparently killed whomsoever needed to be killed, per the thinking of the US Justice Department. 

 

As Piper noted, Traficant could have easily been murdered by the US Justice Department, instead of merely being prosecuted in court.  Since poor Traficant had crossed the Amalekite bankers/masters ruling the United States, he had to go (just like John F Kennedy had to go back in 1963). 

 

 

The Bottom Line 

 

The bottom line is that it isn’t only the CIA that operates a murder incorporated entity.  Apparently, there is one also operating directly in the US Justice Department.  Surely, the people calling the shots over the US will pull out all of the stops to eliminate anyone perceived as a threat. 

 

The secret Nesher operation being carried on within the US government will be further addressed in the subsequent chapter that covers the Traficant case.  Suffice to say, it is a very dangerous element operating secretly within the US government. 

 

Michael Collins Piper charges that this secret Nesher operation is carried on within the US government to support the state of Israel.  If this is true, it is clear that this effort is closely coordinated with the CIA and Mossad--both of which work for the Amalekite plutocratic masters and bankers in control of the US government (as will be described and discussed in some detail in later chapters herein). 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Chapter 353--More on the Intrigue

 

 

Robert F. Kennedy, Revisited 

 

As pointed out in some preceding comments, Robert F. Kennedy certainly came to an eventual decision on who had killed his beloved brother.  As Michael Collins Piper concluded, members of the Kennedy family today know who ordered the hit.  However, they are keeping such information in secret and are simply not prepared to publicly discuss it. 

 

Piper, in his book on “Final Judgment” (p. 286-294), looked carefully at the situation with Bobby Kennedy and his ultimate murder, supposedly at the hands of a Palestinian Arab named Sirhan Bishara Sirhan. 

 

One of the rumors or beliefs circulating with the RFK run for the presidency in 1968 was his plans to reopen the investigation into the John F. Kennedy killing.  Supposedly, he, like his brother JFK, was indoctrinated by old Joe Kennedy to operate discreetly and keep his real plans in secret, in terms of dealing with the plutocratic Jewish power in the United States. 

 

Based upon this background, it would appear that Bobby Kennedy was making his run for the presidency in 1968 with a view of winning and then exposing the murder of his brother at the hands of the Jewish power bloc. 

 

Michael Collins Piper seems to suggest this course of action in Bobby’s mind and plans (this course was also suggested by Gaylon Ross in his book “The Elite Serial Killers of Lincoln, JFK, RFK & MLK,” p. 196). 

 

 

The Murder of Bobby 

 

But all of this scheming and planning fell through the crack when Bobby was mysteriously assassinated in the kitchen at the Ambassador Hotel in Los Angles on June 6, 1968--allegedly, at the hands of the just mentioned Sirhan Bishara Sirhan, a Palestinian Arab.  

 

Certainly, Sirhan’s involvement seems very strong, although some students have come along and claimed that he did not do it; but rather, that someone else pulled the trigger and made it appear that Sirhan did the deed.

 

In the just cited “The Elite Serial killers of Lincoln, JFK, RFK & MLK” (p. 161-201), author Gaylon Ross takes the position that the same people who murdered JFK also murdered Bobby (thus, per Ross, Lyndon Johnson ordered the hit on Bobby because of fear that Bobby would win the presidency and expose him as the primary JFK killer, ibid, p. 196). 

 

Ross suggests that the actual killer of RFK was Thane Eugene Cesar, a security guard who was just behind RFK when Sirhan made his frontal attack.  This view posits that Sirhan was functioning under a CIA mind control project (which will be described in a later chapter).  He was set up to be the patsy while the real killer got away. 

 

The whole effort (of carrying out the murder and blaming it on the patsy) was ably carried out by the killer(s) because of their obvious expertise, and the reality of the gross incompetence of the Los Angeles Police Department (“The Elite Serial Killers of Lincoln, JFK, RFK & MLK,” p. 189).  Allegations have even surfaced accusing the LA police of destroying records.  The later O. J. Simpson case proves these allegations. 

 

“Final Judgment” builds the case that a conspiracy was hatched to murder Bobby specifically in order to prevent him from reopening the murder case of Jack.  Ross shares in this same feeling (but seems to place the primary blame on LBJ, the CIA and the Mob; while Michael Collins Piper focuses on the Israelis). 

 

As Piper notes, Sirhan did not actually claim to be a patsy.  Therefore, it well could be that if Sirhan was involved in the conspiracy to murder RFK, he was programmed by drugs, hypnosis or something else to participate in the killing as a controlled “Manchurian Candidate” (which could have been the case with Timothy McVeigh and the Oklahoma City bombing, as will be later discussed). 

 

Mind control operations have reached the scientific level--as will be described and proven in subsequent chapters herein. 

 

Michael Collins Piper discusses some of the theories on Bobby’s murder and concentrates on a belief that the CIA, Mossad and Slavak jointly carried the assassination out.  Slavak was the Iranian secret police organization in the days of the old Shah of Iran.  It would be hard to believe that Slavak was tied to the Mossad, but Piper allows for the linkage. 

 

Regardless of exactly how Bobby was killed and who all were involved in the plot, the evidence remains that Robert Kennedy did have plans to ultimately bring JFK’s killer to justice.  In that sense, the JFK conspirators had more than enough reasons to order the murder of RFK.  If so, Bobby’s death can be added to the other 177 plus people who died because they knew too much about the JFK murder (as noted earlier). 

 

 

Amalekite Loyalists in the CIA? 

 

Beyond the evident control that the ruling Amalekite bankers have exercised over the Amalek-Edomite ruled Mafia, there is perhaps some remaining question about the role of some CIA agents and particularly with possible later assassinations of witnesses, as discussed previously in the context of the CIA at Fort Bragg and the plan to assassinate Commander Pitzer. 

 

Whoever that CIA agent was at Bragg, he may have been on official CIA business (to be later assessed), or he may have been a renegade with Mob connections, or he may have been just taking orders from the Mob and/or the Amalekite bankers/masters.  Since the organization of the CIA in 1947, there have been a huge assortment of Amalek-Edomite agents with the CIA.  Thus, he could have been an Amalekite. 

 

The first loyalty of virtually all Amalek-Edomites has always been to the Amalekite bankers/masters and not to the US government, the state of Israel or anybody else for that matter.  They could always carry on secret field work benefiting the Amalek-Edomite bankers in ways unbeknown to CIA officials in Washington (or even the Israeli or Mossad leadership in Israel). 

 

One of the things which few Americans understand is that however bad the CIA has been, the majority of its people are just like the US employees in other executive branch departments.  They work for bosses who are appointed by and serve at the pleasure of the president.  Effectively, the executive branch personnel take orders from the president.  This includes the FBI, CIA and Pentagon.  

 

However, it goes without saying that there are always potential cases where individual government personnel (incompetents, crooks, and renegades--like Amalekite agent James Angleton, Director of Counterintelligence) don’t take and obey orders from the top, as theoretically ordained (to be later assessed).  Of course, they will lie, deceive and cover-up to protect themselves or reap personal benefits illegally. 

 

Therefore, the remaining primary exception to the rule of obeying orders from the top would be Amalek-Edomite people who secretly serve the Amalekite cause, as noted above.  But even these persons are skillful enough that they publicly pretend to be loyal supporters of the president and the United States, though secretly they work for and serve a hidden Satanic agenda. 

 

This same reasoning applies to the huge assortment of Amalekite agents in the Mossad.  Though they theoretically serve the Israeli government, the first loyalty of many of them seems to be to the Amalekite power structure (which is headquartered in New York, London and Europe and not in Palestine, as will be broached in a later chapter). 

 

The goals of the Amalekite Jew bankers/masters are not always the same as the Israeli people. 

 

 

Powerful Support for the Big Money Option 

 

The few comments made previously on the great farce of the Warren Commission and US government leaders, in general, on the cover-up, act in a strange way to prove the just mentioned conclusion for the participation of apparent Amalek-Edomite plutocrat bankers and internationalists in the plot to kill JFK. 

 

The available evidence is totally persuasive that all or almost all of the US leadership from President Johnson on down to Attorney General Robert Kennedy, the Director of the FBI, the head of the CIA, all major executive branch departments, the Pentagon, the totality of the Warren Commission and on and on all closed their eyes (at least publicly) and laid the blame on the single nut Oswald. 

 

Surely, many of these people, like Bobby Kennedy, Lyndon Johnson and J. Edgar Hoover, knew much or all of the truth.  But they were in no mood to publicly express those convictions for various reasons.  They kept their mouths shut and allowed the public blame to be put on the patsy Oswald. 

 

The just noted enormous effort to believe an absolute fraudulent and stupid lie with no foundational support whatsoever is utterly astounding.  True, a few US Senators (like Russell Long of Louisiana) and Representatives (like Louisiana Congressman Hale Boggs, previously mentioned) privately stated their reservations about the Warren Commission conclusions, but even most of them would not publicly speak out. 

 

As noted earlier, it must be remembered that four members of Congress served on the Warren Commission.  All of them (including the later President Gerald Ford) closed their eyes and worked carefully with Earl Warren to accomplish the cover-up--except for the just mentioned Congressman Hale Boggs, who disagreed with the report’s final conclusion.  Later, Boggs died mysteriously. 

 

This incredible and extraordinary devotion to the point of being publicly absurd and stupid did not deter the US government leadership.  For some strange reason, not a one of them would publicly speak out and say one word in support of logic and truth.  Even when Jim Garrison was trying to get some help from Washington, government leaders did their level best to hinder, hurt and obstruct his investigation. 

 

 

Something Big 

 

While there was some obvious concern within the government to hide the reality of Mongoose-Freedom and the role of federal undercover agent Oswald (which perhaps partly explains the reason why so many of the Kennedy assassination files within the confines of the US government were classified and ordered closed to the public by LBJ until the year 2029 CE), something still bigger was assuredly involved. 

 

This cover-up reality makes no sense at all on the surface and particularly if the blame could be placed singularly on the Mob or on the CIA (with no further higher ups).  Surely, all of the top leadership in Washington were not afraid of the Mob or the CIA, nor did they all have ambitions to run for president (as was true with Bobby Kennedy). 

 

There is no reason for all of the top government officials to cower in fear of discussing any option on JFK’s death, beyond the lone nut theory.  Manifestly, something far bigger than the Mob was behind the Kennedy killing.  For sure, the previously quoted Ron Lewis is right.  It has to be the ruling plutocrat internationalists who had so very much to lose with the continued presidency of JFK. 

 

Beyond Johnson and Robert Kennedy, there is the indisputable fact that Earl Warren and other government officials willingly participated in the cover-up.  While many of these people were crooks, like Warren, it must be assumed that they all would not have willingly participated in a cover-up hatched within just the government hierarchy. 

 

Though the Mob could have had something on some of the people participating in the cover-up (to silence them), surely the Mob could not have controlled all of the senior government officials.  Assuredly, some other explanation beyond the Mob is needed. 

 

Clearly, most of the government officials were persuaded, encouraged, manipulated or ordered to effect the cover-up from the money power. 

 

There is no other plausible explanation (although it must be acknowledged that numbers of important US leaders hated John F. Kennedy passionately and were not displeased with his death--to include Hoover, Allen Welsh Dulles [who was discussed earlier], the Cabells [who will be discussed later] and many others). 

 

While some of these persons hating Kennedy might not pull the trigger themselves to kill him, they were assuredly happy with his death and probably would willingly participate in the cover up of the murder. 

 

The powerful, plutocratic, Amalekite Jew bankers have to be the logical perpetrators of the Dallas murder and its later cover-up.  There is no other force in America that can begin to approach their enormous power over all major American politicians of both parties, over organized crime people, and even directly over the Amalekite portions of the CIA, bypassing government CIA officials (as described in prior comments). 

 

No one in Washington has got the courage to question the plutocrats who secretly rule the United States.  No one beyond Amalek-Edomite bankers could dare get away with the Kennedy killing without some responsible people in Washington speaking out and taking a stand or at least giving some consideration to Garrison’s efforts in New Orleans (even the Israeli government is not this powerful--to be addressed later). 

 

While it is extremely doubtful that the Rockefeller clan had sufficient power to order the hit or would have ordered it (which primarily involved the Amalekite Jew Mob and some rogue participation of the Mossad and the Amalekite loyalists in the CIA), the Rockefellers were likewise unhappy with JFK.  His murder surely pleased the Rockefellers, as well as others (to prompt their willing participation in the cover-up). 

 

 

Another Primary Proof 

 

Just like Washington politicians and government leaders were (and are) paranoid and ran (and run) in absolute fear and panic at the possibility of crossing the ruling Amalek-Edomite bankers over anything (including the Kennedy killing), a related condition with the US controlled media bears out similar proof. 

 

The US media is, of course, totally controlled by the super rich plutocrats, as mentioned previously and to be proven in a later chapter. 

 

The most powerful media forces are the Amalekite Rothschilds and Bronfmans who apparently control most or all of the major television networks and dominate the “Washington Post” (in alleged Amalek-Edomite hands), “Newsweek” and almost all of the other left wing media agencies. 

 

The Amalekite Rockefellers and their Christian banking colleagues are strong, but not as strong with media control as the Amalekite Jews (although a few US newspapers still seem to be in the Rockefeller camp--like possibly the “Wall Street Journal”). 

 

From day one of the Kennedy killing, the media (other than Haynes Johnson) acted in collusion to hide, cover up and conceal any other alternative, beyond the lone nut Oswald theory.  They have never allowed any intelligent discussion or consideration of any evidence that contradicted the “approved” explanation. 

 

Like government leaders, the media did its level best to interfere in, oppose, demean, insult and halt the investigatory work of Jim Garrison.  Jim quickly became a target for media insults, slurs and scorn.  For daring to question the lone nut theory, the controlled US media forces regularly tried to make fun of and ridicule Garrison personally and his work. 

 

 

Oliver Stone 

 

From this writer’s perspective, one has to wonder how in the world it has been possible for even a big time Hollywood producer and director like Oliver Stone to put out a movie like “JFK” or how the documentary on the “JFK Conspiracy” with James Earl Jones could come out in the last several years. 

 

As Oliver Stone mentions in the “JFK Conspiracy” film, his effort on “JFK” met with a barrage of opposition, criticism and insults before it even came out.  He perceptively noted that the “Washington Post” was a leader in this effort of ridiculing and demeaning the “JFK” movie in an obvious effort to destroy it--so that the public could never have a basis to question the Warren Commission and the lone nut theory. 

 

A similar thing seems to have happened with the Black activist Dick Gregory.  He became interested in the JFK killing.  When he started making waves, the powers that be began monitoring his life and spying upon him.  Perhaps very significantly, the Anti-Defamation League (evidently, in collaboration with the FBI) has had Gregory under surveillance for some time (Mar 4, 2002, “American Free Press,” p. 6). 

 

Of course, the controlled media has completely covered up this oppression against Gregory.  Generally, anything Blacks do receives much good press.  But poor Gregory has been blacklisted once he took an interest in the JFK killing. 

 

Why is it or rather how is it that the (Amalekite) controlled media would have such a paranoid fear and opposition to having an intelligent discussion about the death of JFK?  Why would this powerful force be so dedicated to hiding and covering up any semblance of truth on this killing here in the early 21st century, over 40 years after the killing took place? 

 

Something has to be behind this media frenzy to manipulate, hide and cover up a killing that took place decades ago (actually, the same thing applies to the continued cover-up of the Abraham Lincoln killing in 1865).  It is unfathomable to believe that the media would take such extraordinary measures over these many years to oppose, halt or stop any looking at the JFK murder--if it involved just the CIA or the Mob. 

 

 

The Conclusion 

 

Of course, there has to be a bigger and more powerful force than the Office of the US President, the FBI, the CIA, the Rockefellers, the Israeli government, the Mossad or the Mob to have prompted and promoted the reaction of virtually the entire American press and media to hide, deceive and cover up the killing of JFK, as they have done so aggressively over the years since 1963. 

 

The only force in the world worthy of this recognition and capability has to be the ultimate ruling plutocrats--precisely in the form of the internationalist Amalek-Edomite Jew bankers/masters, who are the most powerful people of all--right now in the global arena (the Amalekite Jew bankers/masters will be addressed in some detail in later chapters). 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Chapter 354--Lyndon Johnson I

 

 

Many Government People Involved 

 

Manifestly, Lyndon Johnson, in collusion with the confused and ignorant Robert Kennedy, led the government wide cover-up of the JFK killing.  Bobby had some clear motives to perpetuate the cover-up, as described in the prior chapters.  But why would Lyndon be so anxious, from the very beginning of the incident in Dallas, to use his office in such an obvious fashion to cover up the crime to the point of being ridiculous? 

 

As discussed formerly, the case can be made that Johnson, like the evil and deceitful Earl Warren, merely acted to avoid a war or military confrontation with the Soviets.  But with some thought and analysis, this option really makes little sense (perhaps because it was a part of the cover-up scenario?). 

 

If the true facts of Murder Incorporated came out, it logically should not have impacted grossly upon the Soviets (who probably already knew about it anyway).  Even the possibility of future damaging political repercussions would make one pause and wonder if they were that great and of that significance to prompt the crafty Lyndon Johnson to immediately launch the cover-up on the early afternoon of Nov 22d. 

 

True, revelations about JFK’s skullduggery and illegal actions may have hurt LBJ a little, but surely Lyndon was enough of a liar to weasel his own way out of the political fallout.  In any case, Lyndon (in collusion with Bobby) was prompted by some reason or reasons to commence the cover-up very quickly on Nov 22d. 

 

As suggested in the previous chapter, the most plausible option is that the Amalek-Edomite bankers on Wall Street and in the ivory towers in New York and London not only directed the murder for all of the benefits that they would receive (from Lyndon); but also, they must have directed or influenced the government cover-up to some extent. 

 

The most extraordinary proof of this alternative was outlined previously over the role of the media.  Media people loved the scoundrel Kennedy.  With their enormous power and influence, they could have pushed and prodded authorities until the truth finally came out. 

 

Instead, the controlled media people used their power to aid, abet and assist in the cover-up.  They didn’t do this because of love of Johnson.  After all, LBJ was just not that popular with most media people personally.  Manifestly, this media cover-up was being controlled and directed from behind the scenes by the powerful Amalekite owners of the media (as will be described in detail in a later chapter). 

 

After Kennedy’s death was announced at Parkland, Johnson went to JFK’s Air Force One to await a federal judge to swear him in.  During the one hour or so wait, he made a number of phone calls.  He either called Bobby or Bobby called him or they called each other one or more times that afternoon.  Johnson made other calls to other people and engaged in more secret conversations. 

 

 

Powerful Forces at Work 

 

It has to be significant that the originally planned Kennedy motorcade was not scheduled to pass on Elm Street, directly in front of the Texas School Book Depository and the grassy knoll, as happened.  Apparently, “high up” officials, either in Dallas or with the federal government, insisted on the change sometime on the evening before Kennedy arrived at Dallas’ Love Field. 

 

This change event makes it clear that many preparations were made at very high levels and involving powerful officials to be sure that the assassination would take place as planned.  This is a most fascinating point to consider for a lot of reasons.  The jog over to Elm Street was unnecessarily out of the way.  But the Dealey Plaza area was perhaps one of the best physically arranged places in Dallas for an assassination.  

 

A sharp turn from Houston Street onto Elm necessitated a significant slow down by the motorcade.  The picket fence on the knoll was well situated with a large parking lot and an exit street from the rear which could not be seen from Elm Street and the front. 

 

A shooter at the picket fence could quickly move to a car in the parking lot and immediately motor his way out of the area to the rear.  Too, there were some nearby tall buildings which also could be used for shooting into the motorcade. 

 

It is not to say that the change in the route of the motorcade was approved by the killers themselves, but rather, that the assassination bosses were so powerful and influential that they could prevail upon local authorities in some way to change the route at the last moment (which did not allow the Secret Service and/or possible US Army intelligence people time to adequately check the route out for potential hazards). 

 

Thus, the person who gave the final approval for the route change may not have been one of the conspirators.  He could have been gullibly sucked into the route change idea for some ostensible good reason (like the need to get local exposure to as many people as possible, etc). 

 

For sure, this change in the route turned out to be extremely profound and especially since the Kennedy advance man, Jerry Bruno (whose job it was to travel in advance of Kennedy and be sure that everything was properly laid on for the president), did not approve of the route change.  In any case, the wishes of Bruno were eventually overruled and the jog over to Elm Street was approved (at the last minute). 

 

 

Earle Cabell 

 

The Dallas Mayor in November 1963 was Earle Cabell, a brother of the former Deputy Director of the CIA, General Charles Cabell, who was fired by Kennedy in 1961, following the Bay of Pigs fiasco.  Whether this connection had any relevance or not is still not known. 

 

Several Kennedy assassination students have pointed it out for whatever importance the link could offer.  It could be extremely significant and especially in the context that the Cabells (and most other important Dallas officials) had obvious connections and linkages to Vice President Lyndon Johnson, a power in Texas politics for years. 

 

Apparently, Texas Governor John Connally was one of the key persons who pushed for the change in the route (“The Texas Connection,” p. 163).  Since Connally was riding in the car with Kennedy, it seems doubtful that Connally had any inklings of the coming assassination.  Probably, his push for the change in the route was to accommodate the wishes of his friend LBJ. 

 

The same might be said for Earle Cabell who probably had much of the final say on the route.  Cabell would have been merely responding to the wishes of LBJ in this matter.  Since Johnson was a local Texas politician, it was entirely logical that he have some input on the route chosen (after all, he was the man who requested and planned the trip, “The Texas Connection,” p. 156-157).  

 

Three other unique events occurred during the assassination which may or may not be significant.  During the ambush on Kennedy, a Dallas policeman had his radio microphone on which effectively disrupted radio communications by the Dallas Police Department. 

 

Also, there was a loss of telephone communications in Washington, DC for almost an hour because of “jamming.”  And finally, all of the communication codebooks were mysteriously absent on board an airplane carrying government officials to Japan for a meeting on important issues--to include Vietnam (“Kill Zone,” p. 65).  The missing codebooks completely disrupted coded messages to and from Washington or Dallas. 

 

 

A More Careful Look At Lyndon Johnson 

 

This writer is unaware of any proven, direct connections that Lyndon Johnson may have had with the Mafia, although allegations have arisen from time to time.  Michael Collins Piper makes the case that the Lansky crime syndicate financed LBJ for years and particularly Carlos Marcello, who paid LBJ $50,000 in bribes annually for help in the Congress (“Final Judgment,” p. 60, 295). 

 

Piper suggests that Bobby Baker was the conduit Lyndon used with Lansky and with Ed Levinson (a colleague of both Lansky and Tibor Rosenbaum, an Amalekite international banker and Mossad agent, discussed earlier). 

 

It is extremely likely that Johnson did have some personal Mob connections and particularly so since so many people were mysteriously murdered, committed suicide and had strange accidental deaths in his rise to power (similar to Clinton’s history). 

 

Plus, Johnson had a unique record (similar to JFK) of stealing elections in Texas.  Usually, this takes crooks of the highest and most professional kind (like the Mafia) to successfully stuff ballot boxes and buy off or murder people offering up complaints, inquiries and investigations into alleged voter fraud. 

 

Per Gaylon Ross (“The Elite Serial Killers of Lincoln, JFK, RFK & MLK,” p. 95), Johnson was ready to do anything for persons wanting personal favors or government benefits if he was paid off in bribe money (as was true in later years with Bill Clinton). 

 

In “The Texas Connection” (p. 102), Craig Zirbel makes the case that Jimmy Hoffa once paid LBJ $100,000 for help on his criminal problems.  Other people wanting large government contracts or benefits could get help from Johnson with a bribe of $50,000 to $100,000 (in cash, as Lyndon would not accept checks). 

 

 

Robert Caro 

 

LBJ’s character (or rather, lack of character) was illustrated in an assessment of him by writer Robert Caro (as reported in the Apr 29, 2002, “Time,” p. 70-71). 

 

Caro called Johnson part devil and part angel.  In the Senate, he was “narrow-eyed, his hair sleek with Stacomb, alert in a vaguely dangerous way--an impresario, a genius of nuances, a wolf in his prime...a whirlwind of ego, an exhibitionist” (yes, Lyndon liked to “urinate in public.”  Clearly, he had no shame, much as is true with Clinton). 

 

Like the scoundrel Jimmy Carter, Lyndon Johnson made his rise to power as a conservative, White, Southern politician.  Once at the top, he completely double-crossed all of his former supporters, friends and colleagues by turning out to be a liberal, leftist ruler who pandered to the Blacks and other minorities. 

 

 

The Johnson Murders 

 

John F. Kennedy was just one more in a string of strange deaths linked to or at least associated with LBJ. 

 

In “The Elite Serial Killers of Lincoln, JFK, RFK & MLK” (p. 81), author Robert Gaylon Ross not only names LBJ as the man responsible for the murder of Kennedy, but goes on to name eleven other people murdered by Johnson in Texas (including his own sister Josefa [for talking too much about him and his dirty dealings while she was drinking or intoxicated] and a Black woman named Dale Turner who accidentally saw him making out with his mistress Madeleine Brown.  Johnson was afraid that Dale would talk/gossip about the incident to hurt him politically; so he had her murdered). 

 

Besides these three, Ross names these other persons who were reportedly murdered on Johnson’s orders, viz:  Henry Marshall (whose death will be described below), John Douglas Kinser (whose death will also be commented upon below), George Krutilek, Harold Orr, Coleman Wade, Howard Pratt, Judge Stanley Welch, Ike Rogers, and Ike’s secretary. 

 

Per Ross, there were a couple of local Texas hoods who worked for Johnson and carried out the murders--Clifton C. Carter and Malcolm E. “Mac” Wallace.  Carter was the number one Johnson gangster while Wallace was a lower ranking hit man.  Apparently, all Johnson had to do was pass along a termination request/remark to these henchmen and they would murder whomever was a problem for Lyndon. 

 

Though Wallace was LBJ’s primary trigger man, Carter was also used and was available for other crooked and more important Johnson operations (in later years, LBJ tapped Carter to be the Executive Director and Treasurer of the Democrat National Committee). 

 

Like with the Clinton murders in Arkansas, many of the Johnson hits were labeled as suicides by the controlled authorities and media powers (after all, Lyndon ruled Texas with an iron hand). 

 

 

Henry Marshall 

 

Ross (ibid, p. 82) tells the story of the murder of the just cited Henry Marshall, a US Department of Agriculture official, who uncovered information on a kickback scheme involving LBJ and Johnson’s friend Billy Sol Estes over cotton allotments.  Per the report, Wallace stalked Marshall at his Texas ranch in June of 1961. 

 

One day, Wallace beat his victim in the head until he was unconscious.  He then placed him in a car with the engine running and a hose hooked up to bring carbon monoxide into the car’s interior.  Loosing patience with this process, Mac jerked the unconscious Marshall out of the car and took a 22 caliber, bolt action, pump rifle and shot him five times in the side/head.  The Johnson controlled corner ruled it a suicide. 

 

In later years, Estes was granted immunity and testified to a grand jury about the killing done at the direct orders of Johnson and Carter.  The death was changed from suicide to homicide.  But nothing further was done; because by then, all three of the killers (Johnson, Carter and Wallace) were dead. 

 

 

John Douglas Kinser 

 

Kinser was a golf pro in Austin, Texas, per Ross.  Somehow and somewhere in 1951, he crossed LBJ, which meant for sure a death sentence.  So, on Oct 22, 1951, Lyndon’s hit man, Malcolm Wallace, walked into Kinser’s pro shop and shot him dead with five bullets from a 25 caliber pistol. 

 

There were several witnesses in the shop who witnessed the murder.  Wallace left the store and jumped in his Pontiac automobile and sped away.  The witnesses took down the tag number and called police.  He was caught minutes later while traveling in the Pontiac on Highway 290, some nine miles out of Austin. 

 

He was tried by a jury in Travis County, Texas, in front of Judge Charles O. Betts.  His lawyer was attorney John Cofer, who was LBJ’s personal criminal lawyer at that time.  The jury found Wallace guilty of murder in the first degree.  Betts then rendered a sentence of five years in prison with all five years suspended.  Wallace walked free. 

 

In a situation like this with the Kinser murder, one can be reasonably sure that Judge Betts was a Johnson man.  This evil judge was obviously not interested in justice (certainly, he was miles away from the Torah). 

 

 

The Mob Ties 

 

To whatever extent Johnson was involved with the Mob and in Mob deaths over the years (beyond his links to Carter, who was sort of a Texas gangster), he successfully covered his own tracks up because the public never had any thing definite to hang on him (although the Amalekite controlled media would never let such adverse information out at all anyway). 

 

As a minimum, Lyndon was a significant crook, as well as a wheeler and dealer.  He spent his entire life in school teaching and government service (essentially, in politics, but with a short military career in WWII).  When he died, he reportedly left an estate in excess of $20 million.  Lyndon had some connections to accumulate that wealth. 

 

Two of LBJ’s closest associates did have more likely Mob connections.  Lyndon’s close friend and financial backer Billy Sol Estes (cited above) was a big crook in Texas, who would have to be a very plausible candidate for Mob links. 

 

The second close LBJ associate with more certain Mob connections was Bobby Baker, who was LBJ’s right hand man in Washington for years (and who LBJ used in his Mob contacts, as noted above). 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Chapter 355--Lyndon Johnson II

 

 

A Coup D’etat 

 

In the context of the JFK killing in Dallas, the point must be made that on the surface, the assassination was a very apparent coup d’etat in which Johnson personally benefited greatly and particularly so since he and the Kennedys were not friends at all; but rather, were enemies of sorts.  Reportedly, the Kennedy brothers were preparing to dump him from the ticket in 64. 

 

In “Kill Zone,” Craig Roberts mentioned a story that floated around that as Johnson’s black Cadillac (which was two automobiles behind Kennedy’s limousine) turned off of Houston Street onto Elm Street in Dallas that November day, Johnson immediately dove to the floor, even before the first shots rang out.  If true, this could be significant! 

 

For a contrary profile, there was a report that Johnson asked Hoover later if any of the shots were directed at him.  Some take this question to be evidence that Johnson was not involved in the plot and knew nothing about it.  Well, if factual, it is possible that LBJ was innocent.  But the foxy Lyndon could have asked this question as a deceitful ploy to convey an image of innocence and ignorance. 

 

 

Recent Revelations 

 

The Art Bell Coast to Coast AM radio talk show had a guest host on named Mike Murphy on Aug 20, 1999, to interview well known JFK researcher Dan Sarber to discuss the assassination.  Apparently, Dan is a well known speaker on the subject, as he has spoken on it to the Association of Retired FBI agents. 

 

While the Art Bell program discussion covered a wide range of information on the Kennedy killing, one of its focuses was on the role of LBJ and the manifest evidence that Johnson was involved.  For example, mention was made of the fact that Johnson had met Jack Ruby and had a drink with him at least once at one of the local Dallas clubs attended by LBJ when he was in town.  

 

The Sarber-Murphy dialogue was also directed to a man named David H. “Dry Hole” Byrd, who was a local big shot in Texas oil--and one who just happened to own the Texas School Book Depository building.  The significance of Byrd was that he was a close friend and supporter of LBJ. 

 

The Art Bell discussion also focused briefly on Texas oilman George H. W. Bush, who would later be appointed to be Director of the CIA in 1976-1977.  Bush had had long CIA links.  When Clay Shaw was arrested in New Orleans, his notebook or diary had a reference to “Poppy,” George Bush’s CIA code name. 

 

 

LBJ Was a Known Commodity 

 

Manifestly, Lyndon Johnson was just like all of the major politicians in America for many years and especially since 1913.  All of them have been elected by and allowed to maintain office only because they have been willing to toe the line with the super rich bankers.  Lyndon had particular ties with the Jewish lobby which put him in favor with the powerful Amalekite bankers and masters.  Truly, he could be trusted! 

 

It has only been those few (like the earlier Lincoln and Garfield and the later Kennedy and Nixon) who have had to be destroyed in office.  Most of them have known where their bread was buttered and have governed themselves appropriately. 

 

This condition then brings up the question of whether the super rich killers of JFK coordinated their planned hit in advance with the crook Lyndon Johnson.  If there was any purpose to be served by the super rich in coordinating the actual JFK murder with Johnson, they would have done so whenever needed. 

 

But there was really no necessarily definite reason for it on their part, in the sense of needing to know how he would react once he was president.  Actually, he was already a known commodity and was available for consultations with them (on satisfying their demands as well as the later cover-up) from day one of his presidency. 

 

In terms of the murder contract for Kennedy from the Amalekite bankers, there was no need for them to even become personally involved in any of the details and inner workings.  All they needed to do was pass along to Meyer Lansky the need for Kennedy to die and the Mob would have worked out the details and carried out the task without further guidance, coordination or consultation from the Amalekite bankers. 

 

 

The Reason 

 

While LBJ may have done some coordinating with his closest Amalek-Edomite handlers for a need to pin it all on Oswald (in order to pacify the public and quiet them down), even here, the need was not particularly pressing before 1 PM on Nov 22, 1963. 

 

However, there is another feature of this question when one looks at the Amalekite Mob.  Strangely enough, early Mob coordination with LBJ or one of his closest aides was crucial for one primary reason.  That one reason is ascertainable only on the basis of logic and a little common sense. 

 

Otherwise, there seems to be no proof or basis of tying Lyndon Johnson to JFK’s murder at all.  This one reason surfaces in the context of the prior discussion on the evident exploratory surgery and body alternations done on Kennedy before the official autopsy commenced. 

 

There is no question about this surgery and alteration, as it was even reported by the FBI agents present at Bethesda.  A whole host of Navy witnesses have established that the body arrived at the Bethesda autopsy lab in a body bag and shipping container and not in the expensive casket which came over an hour later. 

 

The exploratory surgery and some alterations were clearly done before the body arrived at Bethesda.  Apparently, more alterations were done by the autopsy team at Bethesda before the expensive casket arrived and the official autopsy began. 

 

All of these facts have been conclusively established by David Lifton in “Best Evidence,” discussed previously.  The only question remaining is the mechanics of how these tasks were accomplished. 

 

 

Some Logic and Common Sense 

 

Craig Roberts offers his explanation in “Kill Zone,” as also outlined in the preceding comments.  This writer would like to do a little further analysis and mention something which may have been overlooked by many of the people addressing the Kennedy killing. 

 

The alterations before the cadaver arrived at Bethesda (before 6:45 PM EST) necessitate several apparent conclusions based on logic and common sense. 

 

First, this process was not a spur of the moment thing.  Second, it required some advance lead time and preparation (actually considerable planning, as suggested by Lifton, p. 697).  Third, it required internal coordination with a number of diverse federal agencies, employees and dependable provocateurs. 

 

And next, no one would have had the foggiest notion of the exact, body-alteration needs on the afternoon of Nov 22d (beyond the killers).  Since the killers alone would have known of the precise needs to validate the patsy selection, the murder bosses would have needed some contact with key government officials in advance to initiate the proper government cover-up. 

 

 

High Level Coordination 

 

Finally, it took someone at the highest level (like the Offices of the President or the Attorney General) to kick off and coordinate all of the players from the Air Force, Army, Navy, Secret Service, FBI, etc.  Since Attorney General Robert Kennedy must logically be ruled out (though RFK stupidly participated in the later cover-up, he would not ever have been a part of the plans, before the murder), that only leaves Lyndon Johnson. 

 

Beyond these factors, there is another curious little feature on this subject.  Both John F. Kennedy and Lyndon Johnson had their own Boeing 707 jets.  Whichever plane the president was on automatically became Air Force One while the other plane carrying the vice president was always Air Force Two. 

 

Johnson’s plane (Air Force Two), carrying his baggage and personal effects and used by him on the trip, could just as well have been used by him on the flight back to Washington.  It was his plane.  And once sworn in as president, the plane would have become Air Force One automatically. 

 

There is no reason why the Johnsons could not have finished their trip in their plane and left the Kennedy entourage alone on the Kennedy plane.  Yet, LBJ decided he wanted to return to Washington, DC on board the Kennedy plane, carrying the Kennedy body.  Effectively, Johnson commandeered the Kennedy plane (tail number 26000, “Kill Zone,” p. 75). 

 

This put the Johnson people on the same plane with the Kennedy people and the cadaver.  Whatever other benefit may have accrued from his presence, it gave LBJ an opportunity to monitor the situation with the body, Mrs Kennedy and the Kennedy staff. 

 

 

The Time Factor 

 

Kennedy died at 1 PM (CST).  Officer Tippet was killed at 1:18 PM.  Oswald was arrested at 1:55 PM in a Dallas suburb and was taken subsequently to downtown police headquarters.  It was still later in the afternoon before Dallas authorities even linked Lee to the Kennedy killing.  His first interview or questioning by police officials never happened until 4:30 PM (CST) on the 22d. 

 

By then, JFK’s Air Force One was almost to Andrews.  The discovery of the three rifles and shell casings at the scene, the link of the Carcano to Oswald, the check for fingerprints and ballistics (the Carcano went to the FBI lab the night of Nov 22d), the interviews of witnesses, etc all took many, many hours and indeed even days. 

 

Beyond the name of Oswald, there was almost nothing else officially known before the dead body of Kennedy arrived in Washington at 6 PM (EST).  From the government’s viewpoint, there was no way of knowing what all was involved or even exactly what cover up actions would be eventually needed.  It was all far too preliminary to take any specific actions. 

 

Therefore, without advance coordination and liaison with the killers (correctly, the Mob bosses who planned the hit and knew the details), no one in the federal government would have had any idea at all early that afternoon on the need for exploratory surgery to look for bullets and fragments and/or on the need for efforts to hide the frontal entrance wounds. 

 

Johnson left Parkland for JFK’s Air Force One at about 1:25 PM (after JFK’s death was announced).  He was on the airplane for an hour or so to make phone calls and await being sworn in at 2:38 PM.  The body left Parkland at about 2 PM and arrived at the plane at 2:18 PM. 

 

It is very probable that Lyndon Johnson and Bobby Kennedy did enter into a preliminary cover-up conspiracy decision sometime that afternoon. 

 

From RK’s viewpoint, this decision would have been based just on the identification of Oswald and his evident links to Bobby’s Cuban and Castro projects.  Even here, the foxy LBJ undoubtedly conned him somewhat.  As pointed out earlier, Robert Kennedy was surely a duped and ignorant participant. 

 

Beyond this cover-up agreement, the President and Attorney General would have supposedly had very little information to go on during those early hours and what would ultimately be needed in specifics (that is, if they didn’t have contact with the killers and be informed on precise needs).  Since RK must be ruled out, the focus is compelled to shift to LBJ. 

 

In order to deal with any possible bullets or fragments in JFK’s body and the front entrance wounds, work was needed immediately on the 22d before the body could be further seen by independent autopsy people and so-called witnesses. 

 

If bullets or front entrance wounds were later found in the presence of uncontrolled autopsy witnesses (like at Bethesda), it could dramatically upset the plot against the single killer Oswald and his alleged Carcano rifle from the rear of the motorcade.  But the deceitful Johnson could not have possibly put this together on the afternoon of Nov 22d, without prior knowledge. 

 

 

The Walter Reed Plans

 

Dallas authorities at Parkland wanted to do the autopsy there that afternoon.  But Secret Service agents forcibly removed the casket (ostensibly carrying the body) to JFK’s Air Force One for the later flight back to Andrews.  Surely, these Secret Service people were acting under orders.  It’s hard to fathom that they would willingly, on their own, take the initiative to violate Texas laws on an issue this profound. 

 

While some persons have suspected that this action was promoted back in Washington by Bobby Kennedy, this writer takes the position that it was more likely Lyndon Johnson who ordered the body removed (although he may have mentioned it or coordinated it with RK).  Lyndon was not only the man on the spot (at Parkland in Dallas at 1 PM), but he was the next president of the US. 

 

Very early, someone had to have laid on plans for the autopsy at the Army’s Walter Reed Medical Center because this destination was always the presumption after 1 PM without any explanation as to why.  Or at least, David Lifton did not precisely determine why and how it developed that the body was supposed to go to Walter Reed for the autopsy. 

 

The best guess is that Johnson or one of his aides formalized and announced this plan some time before the cadaver reached Air Force One at 2:18 PM.  However beyond this Walter Reed course, there is evidence to shortly follow which would suggest that Walter Reed was probably already chosen and designated before the murder even took place. 

 

For sure, this was the apparent destination almost immediately at 1 PM in Dallas.  Johnson’s personal secretary, Marie Fehmer on board Air Force One, made some notes on Johnson’s conversations with Robert Kennedy.  One of her notes read: “5:58 Arr Andrews--Body w/ Mrs. K to Walter Reed” (“Best Evidence,” p. 690). 

 

Later records of radio transmissions from Air Force One indicated that Secret Service agent Roy Kellerman and the previously mentioned Rear Admiral George Burkley (White House Physician on Air Force One) both contacted Washington with remarks that the body was going to Walter Reed (which is close to Bethesda). 

 

In an interview with US Army Major General Chester Clifton, JFK’s Senior Military Aide, Clifton told Lifton that he was first told (evidently, on the ground or early in the flight) about Walter Reed by “Johnson or one of his staff” (“Best Evidence,” p. 688). 

 

The reference here would surely be to President Johnson; although in later remarks, he allowed that he may have also been told about Walter Reed by presidential assistant Kenneth O’Donnell or the Secret Service. 

 

 

The Risk Factor 

 

In the context of exploratory surgery searching for bullets or fragments and alterations to hide the front entrance wounds, surely some advance preparations were needed to insure that the involved doctor and medical personnel (whomever they were and wherever they were located) were absolutely reliable and would not later reveal their work or findings. 

 

While this is theoretically true with military doctors, even then there can be a risk of something going wrong (as apparently happened with Commander Pitzer at Bethesda and even Commander Humes to a lesser extent and his subtle remarks in the autopsy report, elsewhere discussed).  This writer has spend some years in the military and military people are not always robots. 

 

Some of them are people of high intelligence, integrity and honor.  In this sense, there is an element of risk involved in going to even military doctors--unless one knows something first about the doctors involved.  If this thing was laid on in advance, then “suitable” doctors could have been alerted and scheduled to do the work. 

 

The condition of the cadaver upon arriving at Bethesda suggests that this surgery was done rapidly and perhaps carelessly by someone with questionable skills. 

 

As described in prior comments, the front throat wound (of 5 mm) and small tracheotomy incision (in a clean, smooth cut) by Dr Perry in Dallas was extended from a little over an inch to three inches with very widely gapping irregular edges (to perhaps hide the entrance wound and make it look like a large tracheotomy). 

 

The back head wound of 2 x 2 3/4 inches changed to a massive hole in the back and top of the head measuring 3.9 x 6.7 inches.  The brain (containing possible bullet fragments and especially if the shell was an exploding frangible bullet) was totally removed.  As Craig Roberts put it, the head was butchered (“Kill Zone,” p. 83). 

 

Actually, Kennedy still had some life forms present (breathing) when he first reached Parkland with the smaller wounds.  If the shooting would have caused the gross “butchering,” as in evidence at the autopsy, he would have died instantly.  There would have been no life forms present and no tracheotomy would have even been considered.  The Parkland doctors were not stupid. 

 

 

The Change in Plans 

 

After getting on board the plane (Air Force One) and while awaiting LBJ’s swearing in or later during the flight, Mrs Kennedy apparently asked that the Navy do the autopsy at Bethesda Navy Hospital because of Jack’s former Navy service (apparently, after she learned of the Walter Reed plans). 

 

It is unclear when Mrs Kennedy first mentioned this Navy option and to whom she spoke.  She was often in close contact with the Johnsons--especially Ladybird Johnson.  When she first arrived at 2:18 PM, she spent some time alone with the Johnsons in her bedroom before LBJ was sworn in at 2:38 PM. 

 

Johnson must have told her then about the Walter Reed plans.  Probably, she quickly told the Johnsons of her wishes for the body to go to Bethesda.  Later, while the plane was in flight, Admiral George Burkley claimed that Mrs Kennedy told him that she wanted the body to go Bethesda (“Best Evidence,” p. 686). 

 

To accommodate her wishes, someone in authority (logically LBJ) by then evidently had already agreed to have the actual autopsy transferred to Bethesda.  When Burkley contacted the White House, the Secret Service official he spoke to talked in the context of Bethesda (“Best Evidence,” p. 686).  So the change from Walter Reed had been made before Burkley learned of Mrs Kennedy’s desires. 

 

Johnson or his people on the plane would have known of this turn of plans and would have had to agree to them from the very beginning.  Like the uncertainty associated with the Walter Reed plans, there is much confusion over exactly who laid on the Bethesda autopsy.  Dr Boswell, one of the pathologists, said that he was informed by the Armed Forces Institute of Pathology. 

 

Boswell mentioned that Admiral Burkley had radioed Washington and that the information had either come directly from Walter Reed or indirectly through some other communication means to Walter Reed and then to Navy Captain Bruce Smith at the Armed Forces Institute of Pathology at Walter Reed (“Best Evidence,” p. 689). 

 

Despite this change to Bethesda, ostensibly at the request of Mrs Kennedy, Admiral Burkley and General Clifton continued to talk with Washington authorities about Walter Reed.  At one point in time, Burkley made a reference to some arrangements already made--which evidently was to be to Bethesda since Burkley had just spoken to the White House and was told of Bethesda (“Best Evidence,” p. 686). 

 

In any case, this Bethesda change, at Mrs Kennedy’s request, “may have been” the provocation for the need to remove the body from the expensive casket and place it in the cargo hold for later transfer to Walter Reed or some other place for the exploratory surgery and alterations to precede the autopsy. 

 

 

The Secret Service? 

 

Who did this physical transfer of the body?  Probably, it was done by Secret Service agents--based on orders from someone surely on board Air Force One (obviously, in the Office of President--either LBJ personally or one of his aides).  In terms of supervising the task, the best guess would be that Admiral Burkley over-saw the transfer.  His possible role will be assessed shortly in later comments herein. 

 

Why would Secret Service agents obey such an unusual order?  Well, the alleged need for security of the body (like with the decoy ambulance at Andrews), national security or some other “plausible” explanation could have been offered to satisfy them. 

 

Too, they were accustomed to obeying orders without question.  Like other government employees, each one was worried about his next promotion, pay raise and retirement benefits.  In a word, they were likely dupes (much like Bobby Kennedy, to some extent). 

 

When did this transfer on board Air Force One take place?  As pointed out previously, Craig Roberts suggests that it happened while Johnson was being sworn in and all or most all people on board were busy watching that event.  Certainly, this would seem to be the best time. 

 

However, this writer would allow that it could have happened almost anytime between Love Field and Andrews--whenever Mrs Kennedy wasn’t near the coffin (if she was in the rest room, bedroom or wherever).  It is unthinkable that Mrs Kennedy would have consented to the transfer. 

 

Not only is it almost certain that the Secret Service made the change (based on orders from someone), but the four men in civilian suits (to be shortly described) seen carrying the container into Walter Reed’s morgue were likely Secret Service agents. 

 

The seven or eight men in civilian clothes, mentioned earlier as accompanying the body with the helicopter and hearse to Bethesda at 6:45 PM, surely were also Secret Service agents. 

 

 

More on the Change 

 

This modification to Bethesda would have additionally necessitated the Army helicopter to receive the body and possibly certain other cargo off loaded from Air Force One, immediately when it set down at Andrews--which, by the way, violated Secret Service rules prohibiting any other aircraft from being near Air Force One when it is on the ground (“Kill Zone,” p. 23). 

 

If there was Mob input, doctors already under Mob control (yes, even military doctors) would have certainly been designated in advance.  The exploratory work and alterations that they would perform could have been done at Walter Reed or at some other properly controlled place between Andrews and Bethesda. 

 

Craig Roberts mentions a television documentary which interviewed an Army medic on duty at Walter Reed that night.  The medic said that that was the first occasion that a helicopter had landed at the Walter Reed helipad.  As he watched, a long, gray, metal box was removed by four men in civilian clothes from the chopper and taken inside to the morgue (“Kill Zone,” p. 78). 

 

Whomever did the surgery apparently tried to alter the appearance of the wounds to make them appear to be from the rear.  The throat wound was not a big problem since the bullet did not go through the neck (perhaps the shell was defective or something else).  Though it could not be completely hid, the wound was slightly altered by Dr Perry’s incision and grossly altered by someone else doing the exploratory surgery. 

 

 

Bethesda Cover-up Work 

 

Obviously, the movement of the autopsy from Walter Reed to Bethesda meant that someone in authority would have still had to give the Bethesda doctors some further instructions on trying to rebuild the skull and do something about the missing brain. 

 

When the body came to the Bethesda morgue at about 6:45 PM, Pitzer’s people took pictures of the butchered condition of the body--to certainly include the missing brain and likely a revelation somehow of the front right temple entrance wound. 

 

The Bethesda pathologists must have obtained a brain from somewhere (perhaps from another cadaver, as one was available for use in the morgue) and placed it into Kennedy’s head, and probably tried to do some reconstruction on the head wounds to also fool the later witnesses. 

 

When the expensive casket arrived, they apparently transferred the body back to the ornate casket to allow it to be opened later in the presence of the uncontrolled witnesses.  During the official autopsy, the head had a brain (which was removed).  So the autopsy people must have put one in there earlier when they did their preliminary work and reconstruction. 

 

It is perhaps relevant that when the autopsy people removed this brain during the official autopsy, it was not anchored down inside the cranial vault by arteries, nerves, protective membranes and the spinal cord, as is true within the human head.  In the normal autopsy, all these connections must be severed to remove the brain. 

 

For the official Kennedy autopsy, in front of witnesses, none of this surgery was necessary, as the reputed brain was already disconnected (“Best Evidence,” p. 454).  This alleged JFK brain was turned over to White House Physician George Burkley. 

 

 

The Pre-Planning Was Hurt 

 

Probably, in the initial planning stage, the intent was that the exploratory surgery, the total alterations of the wounds, the rebuilding of the head and other deceptive acts, as necessary, could have been done in one place (like Walter Reed), immediately preceding the official autopsy.  However, Mrs Kennedy’s request for the change to Bethesda upset this pre-planning. 

 

Whomever set this project up must have been concerned whether all of the tasks could have been successfully shifted to Bethesda or not in the sense that the Navy doctors might not be willing to participate in this gross act of fraud.  For some reason, the Bethesda people were not totally “controlled” and/or not absolutely reliable.    

 

Fearing that something could go wrong, the decision maker clearly ordered the body changed to another container and taken by chopper to the first planned alteration location (perhaps Walter Reed or wherever) for the exploratory surgery, alterations and as much reconstruction work as possible. 

 

Hence, the first effort concentrated on removing any bullets or fragments (which necessitated the removal of the brain) and altering the wounds to hide their front entrances.  Despite this fraudulent work being done earlier, there still was some danger of something going wrong at Bethesda.  Obviously, someone in high authority laid on further backup efforts at Bethesda, in case something did go wrong. 

 

 

More Alterations at Bethesda 

 

Sometime during the day of November 22d, and certainly by the time the body arrived at Bethesda at 6:45 PM, Dr Humes, the chief pathologist, and his autopsy staff had their marching orders.  They obeyed!  Who could have given them such instructions?  Probably, it was Navy Surgeon General Kenney, who was on the spot when the body arrived from Walter Reed or wherever. 

 

From the beginning, the Navy doctors had to deal with the missing brain.  Surely, they had to supply one.  Probably, they soon discovered the mortician’s wax hiding the front temple entrance wound.  They would have had to be ordered to ignore it. 

 

The throat wound was confusing.  So Dr Humes called Dr Perry at Dallas the next morning and was apparently told the truth--that it was an entrance wound.  This revelation must have really upset the autopsy apple cart.  Again, someone with rank and authority must have given Humes more orders. 

 

 

Abe Fortas 

 

On the day of the Kennedy killing, one of the important phone calls LBJ made was to his Amalekite Jew, lawyer friend Abe Fortas, a powerful leader of American Jewry (likely one of the most influential of the Amalekite masters in those days). 

 

Johnson placed Abe in charge of coordinating the murder investigation (like letting the fox investigate the theft of the chickens).  On the day of the murder, Fortas collaborated with Nicholas Katzenbach and Abram Chayes at Justice (two more Amalekites?) in developing the theory that Oswald was the killer, who acted alone (“Final Judgment,” p. 174). 

 

Fortas was also pivotal to the cover-up investigation in that he was one of the persons who recommended to LBJ the establishment of the Warren Commission (ibid, p. 174). 

 

Apparently, two more important Amalekites near LBJ, the Rostow brothers (Eugene and Walter), also played key roles either in the murder of JFK or its cover-up.  Per the Dec 30, 2002, “American Free Press” (p. 3), Eugene V. Rostow had some key role in the establishment of the Warren Commission and/or the naming of its members. 

 

While it is unclear how much Abe Fortas had to do with naming the people on the Warren Commission (or whether the Rostow brothers did this), Abe must have had a key part to play.  His role is so profound, one would have to wonder if the Amalekite Fortas was the go-between LBJ and the Amalekite Mob or the Amalekite bankers (who clearly ordered the hit). 

 

 

Nesher, Revisited 

 

The Nesher network of conspiratorial agents, as briefly mentioned in prior comments, will be described more fully in later chapters. 

 

At this point, it is well to note that the Nesher group is an undercover system operating within the US government to coordinate and control any investigation, inquiry or event which the ruling, Amalekite, plutocratic Jews have an interest in (Nesher seems to involve Amalekite agents, janissaries, provocateurs and controlled government employees--like J. Edgar Hoover, whose role will be described in the following chapters).  

 

While the Nesher entity is well established and functioning in the early 21st century, there is some uncertainty about its presence in 1963.  Frankly, the better guess is that it had some presence (at least, as a predecessor group) even back then (and in fact, some presence since the days of FDR). 

 

Probably, Abe Fortas, the Rostow brothers and other Amalekite big shots in the government (under Johnson) would have provided the leadership, management and direction of other Amalekite agents within the US government (like the then existing Nesher entity or its predecessor) to act to cover-up the JFK killing. 

 

 

The Texas Meeting 

 

The night before Kennedy was murdered, a strange meeting took place with some of the elites in the world, the super rich plutocrats and government politicians in North Dallas at the home of a fat cat Texan named Clint Murchison. 

 

Wheeler-dealer Lyndon Johnson was in attendance, along with a host of the other Kennedy opponents (plus LBJ’s long time mistress Madeleine Brown and the banker’s point man John J. McCloy).  This meeting was apparently one of the most profoundly important events of all in establishing much of what was to happen with JFK on November 22, 1963.  The succeeding chapter will describe it in some detail. 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Chapter 356--The Texas Meeting

 

 

Madeleine Brown 

 

Another important issue on the JFK murder centered upon comments made in a book by Madeleine Brown after the death of Johnson.  Madeleine was Lyndon’s long time mistress and girl friend (for twenty-one years).  She bore Johnson his only known son (named Steven). 

 

This long standing Johnson affair with Brown should not surprise anyone because he had a reputation for adultery and promiscuity going back to his youth.  As a young man (evidently in college), Lyndon liked to put his hand into his pants’ pocket and play with his sexual tool.  He would tell his friends that “Jumbo’s going to get a workout tonight” (“The Texas Connection,” p. 89). 

 

The night before the murder of JFK, a number of big shot politicians and super rich plutocrats attended a dinner party at the Dallas home of Texas oil fat cat Clint Murchison (as briefly mentioned in the preceding chapter).  Reportedly, attendees included many of the Texas, New York and Washington fat cats and elites--along with Johnson and his girl friend Brown.   

 

 

The Attendees 

 

In all of the studies and analyses of the Kennedy killing, nothing probably equals the importance of this Texas meeting.  Supposedly, it was held in honor of J. Edgar Hoover (although this fact has been disputed). 

 

As reported in the prior chapter, it was held in North Dallas on the evening of Nov 21, 1963, at the home of the super rich, fat cat Clint Murchison.  Though Murchison started in the banking business, he apparently made most of his huge wealth in the oil industry. 

 

Previous remarks herein noted Kennedy’s wishes to reduce or eliminate the oil depletion allowance.  For sure, this Kennedy threat was a very dark prospect for the fat cat Murchison (as noted earlier, the oil depletion allowance allowed oil investors to have huge tax deductions, far in excess of their investments). 

 

In the previously quoted “The Elite Serial Killers of Lincoln, JFK, RFK & MLK” (p. 126-143), Robert Gaylon Ross addressed this meeting in some detail.  Ross, a Texan, became a close friend of Ms Brown as well as some of the other attendees (including one of the key players in the game, who chose to be anonymous in comments made to Ross on the meeting and its follow-up events). 

 

Apparently, in discussions with these persons who were present in the Murchison meeting, Ross was able to compile a listing of the attendees as well as some perspective on what happened at the meeting.  The list of attendees were some of the most prominent people, both in and out of Texas--viz:

 

Lyndon Johnson, Vice-President and later President of the US. 

Richard Nixon, former Vice-President and later President of the US. 

J. Edgar Hoover, Director of the FBI. 

Clyde Tolson, Deputy Director of the FBI and Hoover’s companion. 

John J. McCloy of New York, point man for the bankers (to be profiled below). 

Clint Murchison of Dallas, one of the most wealthy men in America.

H. L. Hunt, another extremely wealthy American with huge oil investments. 

George R. Brown of Texas, owner of Brown & Root Oil Company. 

Earle Cabell, Mayor of Dallas. 

Amos G. Carter, owner of the Fort Worth Star-Telegram and the Dallas Cowboys. 

R. L. Thronton, fat cat owner of the Mercantile Bank of Dallas. 

B. R. Sheffield, a large Texas contractor who did work for the federal government. 

John W. Currington, a Texas attorney.

John Connolly, Governor of Texas.

Joe C. Yarbrough, owner of the Joe C. Yarbrough home building corporation of Dallas.

M. O. Bankston, Dallas Oldsmobile dealer.

Malcolm Wallace, Texas hit man for Johnson (discussed earlier).

Cliff Carter, Texas thug who took care of things for Johnson (discussed earlier). 

Carlos Marcello, Mafia Chieftain of New Orleans (discussed earlier).   

Joe Civello, Dallas Mafia boss, who worked for Marcello (discussed earlier). 

Jack Ruby, local Dallas mobster and night club owner (discussed earlier). 

Larry Campbell, Black business agent of the Detroit Teamster’s local union.  

Bill Decker, Dallas County Sheriff. 

Clint Peoples, US Marshall.

Don Smith, General Manager of the Del-Mar racetrack in La Jolla, CA.

 

The above mentioned Brown & Root Oil Company is interesting.  It later was merged with Halliburton Oil Company and came under the management of the present Vice-President Dick Cheney.

 

Per Gaylon Ross, the above 25 people were not only in attendance at the meeting, but they had a further secret private session on their own for several minutes at the Murchison home.  Allegedly, this secret session discussed the coming murder of Kennedy and the need for cover-up operations. 

 

Per Madeleine Brown, there was some discussion about the evils of Kennedy following the above secret meeting (like JFK’s initiated efforts to reduce the liberal oil depletion allowance, which meant more taxes for oil producers).  In a conversation overheard by Ms Brown, Johnson told someone else present that they would not have anything to worry about on Kennedy after tomorrow. 

 

In some later private remarks to Ms Brown, also following the above noted secret session with the 25 people, Johnson started cussing Kennedy out and stated his position that after tomorrow, Kennedy would never embarrass him again.  Johnson repeated these remarks to Madeleine again the next day on the phone before the JFK shooting actually occurred. 

 

 

The Executive Action Movie, Revisited   

 

One of the fascinating fall-outs of the Kennedy killing was the incredible and phenomenal interest this event has created--at least, in the world of conspiracy students.  Hundreds and possibly even thousands of books, articles, movies and documentaries have been produced since 1963 attempting to prove some alternative on what happened besides the pitch of the establishment and the controlled media. 

 

Perhaps much or all of this interest has been primarily fueled with the absolutely ridiculous explanation hand-fed the gullible, ignorant, voting public (which must include this writer because i too largely went along with the official lies and deception for some time before something motivated me to take another look at the subject). 

 

In the listing of bibliography material reviewed (as cited in a former chapter), mention was made to a fascinating movie put out by Hollywood in 1973.  The film was called “Executive Action,” and it had an all star cast--including Burt Lancaster, Robert Ryan, Will Geer and others.  It was adapted by Dalton Trumbo from Mark Lane’s book “Rush to Judgment.” 

 

One of the fascinating things about the film (and obviously, the very perceptive understanding of Mark Lane in his years of research on the JFK killing) was the incredible and uncanny outline in the film of almost exactly what did happen in Dallas on November 22, 1963. 

 

Of course, the movie was only an outline or thumbnail sketch and presented nothing in detail.  It still left a lot to be desired in terms of correctly grasping really what all did take place.  It missed some of the most extraordinary facets of truth related to the killing, and it presented some bad information.  But overall, in the context of the year 1973, it was extraordinary and deserves a lot of credit. 

 

 

The Story 

 

The essence of the movie was that a group of super rich fat cats got together and catalogued their opposition to many of the Kennedy programs.  Since they didn’t like what JFK was doing and the direction he was chartering, they decided to kill him.  This film missed the role of the bankers (who really called the shots) and instead played out the racial angle that these fat cats didn’t like the Kennedy push for the Blacks. 

 

This writer remembers that day in 1963.  Truly, there was much talk and concern that some Dallas rednecks had killed the loving humanitarian Kennedy because of his efforts at integrating the Blacks into the American society.  True, Kennedy did push the Blacks upon the White population.  But in reality, that issue was never an important consideration by his killers. 

 

But the “Executive Action” film tried to make a big deal out of this option--as if the super rich fat cats cared one way or the other about the Blacks and racial integration.  Of course, many of the big boys personally were not going to integrate or mix with most Negroes (or poor Whites either).  But this factor was not sufficient for them to murder Kennedy (after all, money is the name of the game and not race). 

 

So the “Executive Action” film tried to cast the plot as involving the race card (and other issues).  Thus, the fat cats were ready to kill Kennedy simply because he wanted the nation to mix with Blacks.  If the big boys really opposed racial integration, intermarriage and amalgamation, the US would never have experienced it.  After all, the fat cats have called the shots in America for a lot of years now. 

 

This movie and its focus on the race card has been brought up at this time to demonstrate how utterly ridiculous this theory was in 1963, as well as since then.  And this condition is proven conclusively by looking at the attendees of the people in the secret meeting at the Murchison home on November 21, 1963. 

 

Yes, one of the secret attendees was a Black man named Larry Campbell.  Why was Campbell in attendance at this secret session of some of the most wealthy and powerful people in the United States?  Well, it wasn’t because he was or was not Black (and the same thing can be said for the rest of the attendees).  Campbell was there for one reason and one reason only. 

 

Campbell, himself, was one of the fat cats and powerful people.  He was an influential labor leader with the Teamsters Union from Detroit, Michigan.  Even today, a similar meeting would include Colin Powell and other important Black figures as well as important White figures (perhaps even Jesse Jackson--after all, Jackson is a member of the powerful Council of Foreign Relations). 

 

In no case would race play any role with the attendees (as it played no role in 1963).  The people privy to these secret sessions behind closed doors are there simply because they themselves are fat cats or otherwise extremely powerful and influential in the American society. 

 

 

More of the Attendees at the Party

 

Besides the just noted elites who had their own secret session at the Murchison party, the informants Ross relied upon gave him a list of other prominent people present at the Murchison home, but persons who did not participate in the secret session outlined above.  These attendees were--as follows:

 

Madeleine Duncan Brown, LBJ’s mistress. 

Shirley Pauling, a stripper at Ruby’s Carousel Club. 

Val Imm, columnist and society page editor for the Dallas Morning News/Times Herald. 

Gordon McLendon, owner of the Dallas radio station KLIF. 

Dick Kantazer, a salesman for radio station KLIF. 

Don Newbury, a salesman for radio station KLIF. 

Helen Thomas, Washington UPI reporter. 

Philip K. Elliott, a reporter with UPI. 

Ted W. Powers, a reporter with UPI.

Dave Blair, a reporter with UPI.  

Lex Dale Owens, a reporter with the Daily Texan magazine and the Associated Press. 

Neil Spelce, a reporter with the Austin, Texas KTBC-TV station. 

Cactus Prior, a reporter with the Austin, Texas KTBC-TV station.  

Frank Cormier, AP reporter and former White House correspondent.   

 

Though not named by Ross and his informants, the presumption must be that there were still other persons present at the Murchison party (to include some US Secret Service agents in the detail accompanying Johnson).  Surely, there were also present some wives, girlfriends, mistresses, etc of many of the men cited.  Most important men usually attend parties accompanied by someone. 

 

While these women or Secret Service agents were likely not involved in any secret meetings or sensitive discussions, they would have been present at the overall party. 

 

The above mentioned Helen Thomas was extremely important in the media field.  She was the so-called Dean of the White House Press Corps (she got to ask the first question at presidential briefings and press meetings and closed the meetings with the traditional “Thank you, Mr President,” from the press corps to the president).

 

TV station KTBC in Austin, Texas was owned by Lady Bird Johnson in 1963.  So it is interesting that some of its people were in Dallas attending a party with LBJ. 

 

With this huge assortment of media people present, one must wonder how it was that a meeting of this caliber was completely blanked out by the media powers.  Surely, it must have had some worthwhile aspects to be mentioned in the media and especially following the murder of Kennedy the next day. 

 

Perhaps this Dallas meeting was much like the ones conducted by the Bilderbergers (to be described in a later chapter) where the plutocrats and leaders of the world are present with many prominent people from the media.  But there is never a media mention of the secret Bilderberg meetings. 

 

As described in a former chapter, Richard Nixon was in town to address a Pepsi Cola conference.  It apparently ended up that he held several secret meetings with various people--like the earlier discussed E. Howard Hunt and then later with these people at the Murchison session.  Surely, Nixon was busy with these meetings on November 21st. 

 

It is unclear why Hoover was in town, although the Murchison dinner was supposedly in his honor.  In any case, early on the next morning (Nov 22d), Hoover and Nixon flew out of Dallas for Washington and New York, respectively, and the other dinner party participants each went their own way. 

 

 

John J. McCloy, Revisited 

 

John J. McCloy was most interesting.  While he was a close friend of Murchison, that factor was probably not the reason that he attended the Dallas meeting.  His profile is such that it becomes obvious that he was one of the key players, if not in the murder, at least in the cover-up of the murder. 

 

McCloy was a Wall Street corporate lawyer, a member of the Council on Foreign Relations and a person who held important jobs in the US government from time to time.  He is credited with playing a key role in the organization of the old WWII Office of Strategic Services (OSS) and the later CIA (successor to the OSS). 

 

Following the war, McCloy was appointed to be the High Commissioner of defeated Germany.  In that office, he seemed to have had two key jobs.  First, he oversaw the movement of the banker and industrialist plutocrats into Germany to take over much of the German economy and wealth. 

 

But McCloy seems to have had another important task.  At the end of the war, the US government leadership decided to not only steal the wealth of Germany, but also to try to steal huge numbers of German people to set up certain clandestine operations in the US (this was done in a program called “operation paperclip”). 

 

America’s rulers were interested in German scientists and brains who had been involved in the German rocket program, medical experiments on people and the mental conditioning and brain-washing of the population.  There was some official US opposition in bringing these people to America.  But evidently, McCloy was tasked to accomplish this motion (conducted largely in secret). 

 

These scientists working on brainwashing and the alteration of human behavior became employees of the US government and organized US programs much like the ones Hitler had organized earlier. 

 

The fat cat McCloy was formerly the president of the World Bank and a colleague of the Rockefeller empire.  He served as both president and chairman of the board of the Rockefeller’s international bank, Chase Manhattan Bank in New York.  He negotiated the oil deals with OPEC which mandated that the OPEC countries must deposit much of their income in the New York banks. 

 

Of significance, McCloy was a Bilderberger and had close ties with the highest echelons of the American Jewish elite (“Final Judgment,” p. 346).  Specifically, McCloy was tied in with the Warburgs (and their Rothschild allies) and was a director of Empire Trust (a joint venture run by powerful Amalekite internationalists--like the Bronfmans, Lehmans and Loebs). 

 

Above all other people, McCloy had a clear direct link to the Amalekite money interests on Wall Street (who likely ordered the hit on Kennedy).  He was the banker’s man--apparently chosen by them to oversee the cover-up.  It is furthermore most relevant that Johnson would later name McCloy to be a member of the nefarious Warren Commission which certainly covered up the murder (as noted in the prior chapters). 

 

 

Robert Gaylon Ross, Revisited 

 

Gaylon Ross took the position in his book that the secret meeting at the Murchisons was the final coordinating effort of the conspiratorial killers (or their agents, since some of the attendees were, in fact, agents or representatives of other interests that were not present). 

 

With the presence of Lyndon Johnson, John J. McCloy (who worked for and represented both the Rothschilds and the Rockefellers), Carlos Marcello, Jack Ruby, J. Edgar Hoover, Cliff Carter and Earle Cabell all in the same place at the same time, it is entirely logical that these people (if not the others) would get together and discuss the coming murder and the need for cover-up operations. 

 

After all, Johnson knew all of them personally.  As noted earlier, LBJ was allegedly on the Mob’s payroll for years (with the payoffs coming from Marcello).  Also, as pointed out in prior comments, Lyndon sometimes went to Ruby’s Carousel Club and surely would have known Jack personally. 

 

Surely, these several key players must have had a get together at Murchisons because they all had key roles to play the next day (even Cabell was important because he had to be sure that the Kennedy caravan passed on Elm Street in front of the Texas School Book Depository [TSBD]). 

 

However, beyond the above few key players, it is hard to fathom that the secretive LBJ would openly have a meeting about murdering the president with the 25 people named by Ross’ informants. 

 

So the better option on the Dallas meeting is that Johnson probably did have a secret huddle with the five or six  key players noted above.  Otherwise, the meeting of the 25 persons named above probably did not discuss the Kennedy murder. 

 

Thus, the better option is that the meeting of the 25 people discussed something other than the murder of JFK (probably political issues and the JFK pending action to reduce or eliminate the oil depletion allowance).  Surely, a group of 25 people would have plenty to talk about besides a planned coming murder (which would be almost out of the question for a group of 25 American people in 1963). 

 

 

John Connally 

 

Texas Governor John Connally, who was at the Clint Murchison meeting, is important to focus on next for a lot of good reasons.  In background, Connally and LBJ were close friends over many years.  Connally served as Johnson’s campaign manager in some of his elections.  Assuredly, it is plausible that Johnson could or would have confided in him about the coming killing of JFK. 

 

However, the allegation that John Connally was in the secret meeting of the 25 at the Murchison home (discussing the coming murder of JFK) has to be very questionable (since he was riding in the car with Kennedy and either was a target or could be a target simply hit by accident).  Surely, Connally would never have consented to an attack on Kennedy while he was riding in the same car. 

 

But then a couple of things did happen on November 21-22, 1963, which might allow that indeed Connally was tipped off in advance on what was coming down the pike. 

 

Though Connally was scheduled to ride in the Kennedy sedan, it was not in Johnson’s plans to allow this event to transpire.  Johnson had a meeting with Kennedy on November 21st which turned into a heated argument.  The problem was that JFK wanted the Texas Governor to ride with him.  LBJ wanted Connally to ride with him and for Texas Senator Ralph Yarborough to ride in the Kennedy sedan. 

 

The backdrop here was that Connally and LBJ were friends, while LBJ and Yarborough were arch enemies.  It is believed that LBJ hated Yarborough almost as much as he hated Jack and Bobby Kennedy (which was quite profound).  LBJ insisted that Yarborough ride with Kennedy (“The Texas Connection,” p. 166).  But JFK refused to change the arrangement. 

 

When the shooting commenced on Elm, the several bullets came together almost at once.  Kennedy was hit first and Connally second.  When Connally was hit, he did not realize that Kennedy (who was seated behind Connally) had already been hit.  Without knowing the status of anyone else, but knowing that he had just been hit, Connally cried out:  “Oh no, oh my God, they are going to kill us all” (ibid, p. 167). 

 

In “The Texas Connection,” Craig I. Zirbel calls this exclamation an “excited utterance.”  Such remarks are readily accepted in court as being valid evidence because they are made spontaneously without thought--made in a crisis without thought or pre-planning.  As Zirbel asks, why did Connally utter words about “they” and “kill us all” without even knowing if anyone else was shot or not. 

 

For sure, this remark by Connally is most interesting.  And it indeed does open the door that he may have had some information of an assassination attempt on Kennedy. 

 

 

H. L. Hunt 

 

Texas oil fat cat H. L. Hunt, who was at the Clint Murchison meeting, was also a close friend of LBJ’s, although Hunt was a conservative and Johnson was a liberal of sorts. 

 

Interestingly, Hunt’s sons Lamar and Nelson Hunt both had had some contact with New Orleans gangster Jim Brading, who may have played a role in the JFK killing (ibid, p. 214).  Hunt, himself, knew Jack Ruby and had gambling contacts with him (ibid, p. 215). 

 

On November 21, 1963, Braden and three associates visited with Lamer and Nelson Hunt and Ruby went to the Hunt Oil Company’s offices in Dallas to supposedly help a girl get a job with the Hunts (ibid, p. 214). 

 

Finally, Lee Harvey Oswald actually wrote Mr Hunt in Dallas a letter on Nov 8, 1963, which said that Oswald wanted to “...discuss the matter fully before any steps are taken by me or anyone else” (ibid, p. 215).  Some one month after the assassination, H. L. Hunt’s special security assistant reported that Marina Oswald was seen leaving Hunt’s private offices. 

 

Thus, it is clear that Hunt had some ties to Oswald, Brading, Johnson and perhaps others involved in the JFK killing.  But it is unclear what these contacts consisted of and whether Hunt could have had prior knowledge of the coming assassination or not. 

 

 

Logically What Did Happen 

 

Now, separate and apart from this large grouping of 25 people (who all admittedly hated JFK), it is most logical and highly plausible that LBJ touched bases with McCloy, Marcello, Ruby, Carter and maybe even Hoover and/or Cabell.  But even these contacts would have been conducted in the utmost secrecy and probably not even all together in one session. 

 

In fact, it is even conceivable that the coming Kennedy murder was discussed with LBJ for the first time that night.  Manifestly, McCloy was representing the very people (the international bankers and especially the Amalekite bankers) who made the decision and surely gave the kill order to the Amalekite Mafia in New York. 

 

Also, it seems a certainty that Marcello, Civello and Ruby had their marching orders from Lansky and Mob bosses in New York.  If Marcello actually issued the contract order to the killers on the local level, he was in the key position to have the best overall picture of what was to happen, more so than anyone else. 

 

The evidence is massive that if LBJ had not had earlier contacts on the coming murder, he would have been briefed and brought into the conspiracy by McCloy or Marcello at this meeting.  As noted in previous comments, it was crucial to bring LBJ on board in the conspiracy simply because he was to be the most important person of all to oversee the cover-up operations which started immediately with the shooting. 

 

Almost the same thing applies to Hoover.  If he was not already briefed earlier by the Mob, surely Marcello could have touched base with him that night (the situation with Hoover and his ties to the Mob will be broached in the succeeding chapters). 

 

Though not named by Ross, the previously mentioned David H. “Dry Hole” Byrd, owner of the Dallas School Book Depository and close friend of LBJ, logically had some role in the whole Texas affair.  Someone would have had to touch base with him at some point in time. 

 

 

The Ed Clark Connection 

 

Preceding commentary herein mentioned LBJ attorney John Cofer who took care of some legal matters for Johnson in Texas (per Ross).  Apparently, Cofer was a criminal lawyer and this was evidently his focus.  In other business matters, LBJ supposedly used the Texas law firm of Clark, Thomas, Harris, Denius & Winters.  Lawyers Donald S. Thomas and Barr McClellan of this firm worked on LBJ matters. 

 

In 2003, McClellan wrote a book and publicly came out with allegations that, based on comments made to him by Thomas and events transpiring in the law firm in 1966-1971, he concluded that Edward A. Clark of this law firm was the main individual who planned and managed the JFK killing (on behalf of LBJ). 

 

Clark was a close personal friend and confidant of Johnson (and evidently, a later enemy of McClellan--which must discount his allegations).  Also, per McClellan, Clark reportedly attended the above cited Murchison meeting in Dallas. 

 

While there might be some questions about how much of a role that Clark played in the murder and its later cover-up, it is plausible that he might have been the person who pressured Dallas officials to change the Kennedy motorcade route to run through Dealey Plaza.  Too, Clark could have conceivably coordinated some aspects of the murder with the Mob, Mac Wallace and/or Cliff Carter. 

 

Moreover, it seems clear enough that some later pressure was put on Dallas DA Henry Wade and Dallas police and city officials to participate in the cover-up as they did (either they participated willingly or they were incredibly incompetent and stupid). 

 

Gaylon Ross indicates that when Henry Wade publicly mentioned a possible conspiracy, LBJ worker Cliff Carter (in Washington) called Wade and asked or directed him to make no more comments about a conspiracy. 

 

Along with contacts and pressure coming from Carter, it is clear that LBJ could have also used Ed Clark as his man in Texas to oversee and coordinate the cover-up as needed at government levels in the State of Texas, Dallas County and Dallas City.  Since LBJ and Carter were in Washington, Clark could have been useful with his presence on-the-spot in Austin. 

 

 

More on the Shooting 

 

From his informants, Ross (“The Elite Killers of Lincoln, JFK, RFK & MLK,” p. 102-119) goes on to detail his understanding of the actual killing.  His sources suggested that up to fifteen people in total were involved in the murder with four shooting teams (one on the sixth floor of the TSBD, one on the Country Records Building, one at the Dal-Tex Building and one behind the picket fence on Elm Street. 

 

Reportedly, LBJ’s gangster friend Cliff Carter gave the shoot order from a command post location on the second floor of the TSBD.  This command element was made up of Marcello, Ruby, Carter and George Reese (a professional hit man from Abilene, Texas).  Carter used a radio walkie-talkie to communicate with radio operators at each shooting site. 

 

Per Ross, the previously mentioned gangster Eugene Hale Brading was supposed to be one of the killers at the Dal-Tex Building. 

 

The formerly discussed Sauveur Pironti (a Corsican), Jorge Bocognini (another Corsican), Lucien Sarti (another Corsican), Roscoe White, Frank Sturgis (correctly Francisco Fiorini of the CIA) and some of the previously cited Cubans, any or all, could have been involved in some way or the other at the different sites or in backup rolls.

 

Jean Paul Souetre (another Corsican, cited earlier under his alias [John] Michael Mertz) was also named as a possibility at one of the sites.  Jean also used the name Michael Roux and the code-name QJ/WIN.  He was in Fort Worth on November 21st and in Dallas on November 22d.  Jean Paul flew out of Dallas on the 22d for Mexico City. 

 

Beyond these previously mentioned possible killers, Ross names some local Texas hoods who reportedly also played a role in the murder--like Malcolm Wallace (previously described), John Ernst, Clyde Foust, Jack Grimm, and a young Hispanic woman named Ruth Ann.  Ross also names Lawrence Loy Factor, an Indian from Oklahoma, and Dallas County Deputy Sheriff Harry Weatherford. 

 

Lee Harvey Oswald was probably involved in some way as a brainwashed “Manchurian Candidate” (to be covered in a later chapter which addresses mind control techniques and operations). 

 

Ross concludes his findings with a suggestion that the three tramps seen near the grassy knoll were Chauncy Marvin Holt, Charles Frederick Rogers, and Charles Voyd Harrelson (father of the later Hollywood actor Woodie Harrelson), all CIA agents (as noted earlier, other analysts have suggested that CIA agent E. Howard Hunt was one of the tramps). 

 

The above quoted Barr McClellan only names Mac Wallace and a man called Junior as the killers.  McClellan has indicated that Wallace’s fingerprints were found on some boxes and/or other items on the sixth floor of the Texas School Book Depository (but US, Texas and Dallas County authorities have said nothing about this connection). 

 

 

The LBJ Reactions 

 

Senator Ralph Yarborough of Texas (no relation to the previously mentioned Joe C. Yarbrough) was riding in the car with Johnson when JFK was hit.  Ralph was to later say that just before the shooting, LBJ was using a radio walkie-talkie to listen to someone or something.  The volume was turned down low and the words could not be heard.  But the effort makes one curious if LBJ was listening for the order to shoot. 

 

With this background, it is no wonder that LBJ would dive to the floor of his sedan when it turned on Elm Street on November 22d to pass in front of his friend’s building. 

 

While Ross allows many of the several reasons cited earlier as being the probable motive for the killing, he seems to lean in the direction that Johnson was the primary brain calling the shots or putting the act together (in a clear conspiracy involving organized crime, the CIA, international bankers and other fat cat elites). 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Chapter 357--Other Government Players

 

 

Admiral George Burkley, A Closer Look 

 

Any student of the Kennedy killing addressing the prospects of the body’s alterations, discussed in the former chapter, must direct some attention and analysis at some point in time to Rear Admiral George Burkley.  Burkley was the White House Physician during the Kennedy years.  He stayed on at the White House during Johnson’s term as well. 

 

Burkley was on the Texas trip, along with several other military aides and assistants.  When the shooting took place, he was in the motorcade several cars behind Kennedy.  After the shots were fired and Kennedy was hit, Secret Service agent Greer, driving the limousine, seemed to stop--but then quickly sped off to Parkland. 

 

Burkley left for Parkland as well.  But he was detoured and arrived at 12:50 PM or about 15 minutes after JFK.  When Burkley arrived, Kennedy was already in the emergency room being worked on.  Burkley entered the emergency room and was there when Kennedy was pronounced dead at 1 PM. 

 

While the Admiral missed the first few minutes of the emergency efforts, he was there at the end and would have been in a position to observe the body and the wounds and to have some professional medical conversation (shop talk) with the Dallas doctors.  Burkley was to later sign the official Navy death certificate.  So he had a vested interest in knowing at once about the wounds. 

 

 

Burkley Knew 

 

At 1:30 PM, White House press secretary Malcolm Kilduff, discussed previously, was to tell reporters (on live TV) that the president was shot in the right temple and pointed it out with his hand and fingers.  But in doing so, he referred to Burkley as his source.  He said that Dr. Burkley told him it was a “simple matter...of a bullet right through the head” (“Best Evidence,” p. 330). 

 

When the Secret Service agents got into a controversy with Dallas authorities over removing Kennedy’s body from Dallas without an autopsy, discussed previously, Burkley was one of the senior officials on the spot who joined in with Secret Service personnel to arbitrarily and forcibly remove the body (“Best Evidence,” p. 330).  Burkley accompanied the cadaver from Parkland to Air Force One. 

 

On board the plane, Burkley not only knew of the advance plans for the body to go to Walter Reed, but he learned at some point in time of Mrs Kennedy’s desires to have the autopsy at Bethesda, as previously described. 

 

Even after contacting the White House (and hearing officially of Bethesda), he was to later write that “Arrangements were made on the ground for departure to Walter Reed Army Hospital or Bethesda Naval Hospital, as the case may be” (“Best Evidence,” p. 689).  It was strange that the Admiral kept referring to Walter Reed. 

 

Burkley traveled with the Navy ambulance and apparently did not go to Walter Reed.  But he was at Bethesda and in the autopsy room when the autopsy was officially done by Humes and the others.  The Admiral later said that he was one of the people present when the body was taken from the expensive casket and placed upon the autopsy table. 

 

In preliminary discussions with Humes, Burkley said that a complete autopsy was unnecessary and that all that was needed was a look for bullets (which by then were already removed). 

 

Burkley tried to claim that this was the wishes of the Kennedys (but the Bethesda authorization signed by Robert Kennedy was for a regular, complete autopsy).  The FBI agents present were led to believe that Burkley was somehow representing the Kennedy family interests.   

 

 

The Autopsy Problem 

 

Commander Humes noted that he had been instructed to do a complete autopsy. 

 

The discussion continued for some time before Rear Admiral Calvin Galloway, Commander at Bethesda, intervened to say that a complete autopsy would be performed (“Best Evidence,” p. 488, 665)--though later remarks from Humes disclosed that he was prohibited from making some determinations on the paths of the bullets in Kennedy’s body, and other aspects on the cause of death (“The Texas Connection,” p. 14-15). 

 

Reportedly, Humes had some initial problems in trying to determine where the entrance wound was that caused the big blow out in the back and ostensibly in the top of Kennedy’s head.  Rather than helping Humes with information that he clearly possessed from Dallas, Burkley said nothing. 

 

During the autopsy, the unattached brain (which had been seemingly inserted into JFK’s head at Bethesda to replace the missing brain) was removed and placed into a container with a preservative and given to Burkley. 

 

In fact, everything which the Navy found or developed at the autopsy (including notes, documents, photos, x-rays, etc) were given to Burkley (beyond those pictures kept back by Commander Pitzer).  The official autopsy report was delivered to Burkley, as well, and he could see at once the distortions present therein.  Again, he said nothing.

 

 

Burkley Was the Funnel 

 

The next day, Burkley prepared the official death certificate and once more said nothing to clarify where the shots had entered the head.  A small fragment of a bone, subsequently found in the Dealey Plaza area, was given to FBI agents and they turned it over to Burkley as well. 

 

Effectively, Burkley became the focal point or funnel for all information developed in connection with the body and autopsy.  The Admiral “supposedly” turned all of the data and records (brain, photos, x-rays, etc) over to the White House Secret Service office in a footlocker. 

 

In 1966, the Secret Service supposedly returned this material to Burkley (less whatever portion that they had supplied to the Warren Commission and not returned).  Burkley allegedly gave it to the Kennedy family; who in turn, supposedly turned it over to the National Archives for the Kennedy Library. 

 

The only problem was that when the material eventually reached the National Archives, some of it was missing, per the original Navy inventory--like the brain and some photos and slides (“Best Evidence,” p. 434, 472, 497-522, 600, 608, 648).  It seems evident that either the Admiral, the Secret Service or the Kennedys “sanitized” this material for some purpose. 

 

For some strange reason, Burkley was never called before the Warren Commission hearings.  He did supply a written report which became a part of the Johnson ordered seal placed on Kennedy information until the year 2029 CE.  Subsequently, David Lifton tried to interview the Admiral and he refused to talk to Lifton. 

 

Though Burkley consistently refused to talk to anyone publicly about the JFK killing, he apparently has privately allowed that Kennedy’s death involved a conspiracy (per Craig I. Zirbel, “The Texas Connection,” p. 235).  Manifestly, Burkley had substantial information on the killing which was never publicly revealed. 

 

 

Advance Planning and Preparations Were Needed 

 

The point of this is that realization of the need for pre-autopsy work on the cadaver and secret preparations for it at Walter Reed or wherever would have required advance knowledge and advance planning.  The only person (or rather office) capable of directing this effort with the Air Force, Army, Navy, Secret Service, etc would have logically been the Office of the President, as noted earlier. 

 

Although numerous military people were involved from all three services, no one person operating in the Pentagon alone (not even Rear Admiral Burkley) could have ever pulled this caper off.  It was gigantic in scope and reached out to many, many senior military and civilian personnel--including Lyndon Johnson who was present and a witness of everything that was going on. 

 

The most logical conclusion one can make is that this killing and at least the alterations to Kennedy’s body were planned and coordinated by the Mob killers with Lyndon Johnson or one of his closest associates before Nov 22d.  If one of his aides knew, LBJ would have known the basic facts.  Maybe this is the reason that Johnson quickly hit to the floor of his sedan on entering Elm Street. 

 

In offering this alternative, the point must be made that this does not imply that Johnson ordered the hit.  Lyndon Johnson, on his own, could never have carried this caper off.  Not only could he never have laid it on and controlled it with the Mob, but he certainly could not have controlled all of the subsequent powers of government, Bobby Kennedy and the media--in the context of the cover-up. 

 

Otherwise, this explanation of what was behind the autopsy cover-up may also go on to explain how it was and why it was that the CIA was in Fort Bragg, NC in 1965 in order to recruit a hit man to kill Navy Lieutenant Commander Pitzer at Bethesda. 

 

While that CIA agent could have been a renegade or an Amalekite answering to Amalekite bankers/masters, he also could have been a legitimate agent on an assassination assignment for US President Johnson. 

 

This option that some power in the US government, overseeing the cover-up (the best guess is Lyndon Johnson, himself, or one of his aides, assistants or agents), opens the door to the likelihood that all of the 177 mysterious deaths associated with the Kennedy killing cannot be laid totally to the doorsteps of the Mob.  However, the Mafia was surely responsible for most of them. 

 

The JFK murder and its later cover-up involved very powerful people in control of the United States (and no president on his own has that power).  Clearly, the best estimate is that fat cat, Amalekite Jew bankers ordered the hit which was essentially a Mob effort (even the Israeli government must be ruled out because that entity also takes orders from the Amalekite Jew  bankers, as will be addressed in later chapters). 

 

But at some point in time, someone high up with foreknowledge of the details must have coordinated it with or informed LBJ and/or one of his close aides of the coming incident and the need for pre-autopsy work on the cadaver.  

 

 

Could LBJ Have Had Some Mafia Help on the Cover-up? 

 

The next question which must be asked is if Johnson had some possible pre-planned and/or pre-scheduled Mob help in dealing with some of the key persons involved in the cover-up--like perhaps Admiral Burkley?  This writer would not begin to suggest that Burkley had any part in Kennedy’s death.  That’s extremely doubtful. 

 

Yet, from the beginnings of the early afternoon of Nov 22d, he clearly was one of the prime people participating in the government wide cover-up.  Whether he was acting totally on the basis of orders from Johnson or whether he was being coerced by the Mafia in some manner is unclear.  For sure, Burkley got his marching orders very quickly after 1 PM on Nov 22d and he obeyed them. 

 

Lyndon Johnson evidently learned of Kennedy’s death at 1:18 PM and then he left Parkland about seven minutes later. 

 

The best guess is that just before Johnson left Parkland at 1:25 PM, he had a private conversation with the Admiral and gave him some specific instructions on the commencement of the cover-up (but by then, Burkley had already briefed Malcolm Kilduff and it was too late to change Kilduff’s outline of the truth at his 1:30 PM press conference about the front shot to the right temple). 

 

Perhaps LBJ gave Burkley more orders on board Air Force One.  It is very clear that Burkley knew much about the truth of the murder.  And he was one of the key people who covered up the truth and allowed the lie to be perpetrated. 

 

But the Mob must not be totally ruled out in understanding Burkley.  If the Mob had something on Burkley, some of the Secret Service agents, the people who did the pre-autopsy surgery, etc, the cover-up on the body would have been far more secure and easier to accomplish.  Burkley and the Secret Service agents were people on the lower level who would have had no contact with the bankers really calling the shots. 

 

They were Executive Branch people who would have largely taken orders from Johnson.  But there was always a risk that some of them could revolt against being forced into an obviously illegal profile (with LBJ’s orders).   That option opens the door for some potential Mob oversight, beyond just the orders of LBJ, to control the actions of these key, lower-ranking, government personnel.  

 

The new president could have been previously tipped off about which people would be absolutely reliable and trustworthy for the cover-up.  If so, he could have chosen to issue instructions to these formerly designated persons (especially key people like Burkley, the Secret Service and whomever did the exploratory surgery). 

 

 

The Bethesda Doctors 

 

The situation with the doctors at Bethesda was in a different category because Bethesda was not in the original plans.  It came up later because of Mrs. Kennedy.  Perhaps once the agreement was made for the autopsy change to Bethesda, the person directing this motion (evidently LBJ himself) would have had to issue orders to some key Naval people at some point in time on some of the follow-up needs. 

 

Besides the autopsy doctors, Secret Service and FBI agents and other unidentified civilians, there were at least six senior Naval officers in attendance at the autopsy--Rear Admiral Edward Kenney (Surgeon General of the Navy), Rear Admiral Calvin Galloway (Commander of the Bethesda Naval Center), Rear Admiral George Burkley (discussed above), Captain Robert Canada (Commander of the Bethesda Hospital), Captain David P. Osborne (Chief of Surgery at Bethesda) and Captain John Stover (Commander of the Naval Medical School). 

 

There was a total of 23 people present in the autopsy room.  Many of them were civilians.  Some of them, like the senior military officers, were doctors themselves who would have supposedly been harder to deceive and fool.  This condition meant that the pre-autopsy examinations would have had to have been reasonably complete, so that nothing went wrong in front of such a host of credible witnesses. 

 

In any case, someone high in the Naval chain of command (like perhaps Admiral Kenney, the senior officer present, who would have had the final word for all the Navy people in attendance) must have given the autopsy doctors some specific instructions before the official autopsy commenced in front of those 23 witnesses. 

 

 

Questions About J. Edgar Hoover

 

The situation with J. Edgar Hoover is also interesting.  At a first glance, one would assume that Hoover quickly got his marching orders directly from his neighbor and friend LBJ.  After all, Hoover, like Johnson, didn’t particularly care for the Kennedys (specifically, they were enemies). 

 

Too, J. Edgar was soon facing mandatory retirement age.  So he was going to need Johnson’s personal help to keep his job (as noted earlier).  Among Johnson’s several early actions upon becoming president, one of his first steps was to reward J. Edgar Hoover with an order that he would be allowed to continue on as Director of the FBI, past his mandatory retirement age. 

 

But alternatively, there is another view of Hoover which may or may not merit some discussion.  As broached earlier, many serious people have accused him of being a homosexual.  Some have suggested that the Mob had sufficient proof of some of his perverted encounters that he was being blackmailed and held in check by them. 

 

There was also the allegations that J. Edgar had Black ancestry (as outlined in a former chapter).  If the Mobsters were privy to this information, they could have used it successfully to keep Hoover in line. 

 

It is true that Hoover never really investigated organized crime in America.  He always said that there was no such thing in the US.  While he ran the FBI, his focus was essentially on individual crooks and small time gangs charged with more petty crimes.  The ruling bankers have always hated bankrobbers the most.  So Hoover concentrated upon them for his reputation (plus, they were easier to catch). 

 

While the FBI was in hot pursuit of individuals like John Dillinger, Baby Face Nelson, Machine Gun Kelly, Pretty Boy Floyd and Bonnie and Clyde, the Edomite Mafia took over the streets of America with its thousands of very professional criminals--in an organized and centrally managed effort. 

 

Real dangerous people like Meyer Lansky, Al Capone, Lucky Luciano, Frank Costello, Dutch Schultz, Bugsy Siegel, Mickey Cohen, Joe Kennedy Sr, and others were the real criminals, instead of the petty bank robbers chased by Hoover. 

 

Since Hoover consistently said that there was no Mob, it would have been out of his character to even broach this possibility with the murder of Kennedy.  Furthermore, like other government leaders, he certainly was in no position to take on the ruling plutocrats (who control the United Sates and clearly were the people benefiting from JFK’s death). 

 

 

The Hoover-Lansky Ties 

 

And always, maybe the Mafia did have something on Hoover to keep him in check.  Since his death in 1972, much evidence has surfaced showing that J. Edgar did have serious connections to the Mob and that the Amalekite Mafia boss Meyer Lansky had something explosive on him.  In 1993, PBS put out a documentary video which addressed these questions (“Secret File on J. Edgar Hoover”). 

 

Seymour Pollack, a likely Amalekite (who was an associate of Meyer Lansky), has publicly declared that Lansky had some photos of Hoover involved in a homosexual act with his Deputy FBI Director, Clyde Tolson.  Tolson was hired as a new FBI agent in the 1930s and within two years, was made the number two man at the FBI.  Both Hoover and Tolson were bachelors who spent much time together. 

 

Several other people (especially, with contacts to the Mob and/or in the intelligence and law enforcement fields) have confirmed the remarks of Pollack.  Gordon Lovel, a member of the US intelligence community said that the previously mentioned New Orleans Mafia boss, Carlos Marcello, once remarked to him that he had personally seen some of the photos on Hoover and Tolson in the possession of Lansky. 

 

Witnesses have claimed to have seen Hoover and Tolson holding hands in private, secluded situations.  Susan Rosenstiel, widow of the previously cited Amalekite gangster Louis Rosenstiel (who was a close Lanky associate), confirms that Lansky did have blackmail material on Hoover (which was used to keep him in line). 

 

Moreover, Susan claims that she and her queer husband attended a homosexual party at the Plaza Hotel in New York in the late 1950s.  Hoover was present--along with the Amalekite faggot Roy Cohn (video, “The Secret File on J. Edgar Hoover”).  Hoover was dressed in a woman’s clothing and participated in sexual debauchery with Cohn, the queer Rosenstiel and two young, male prostitutes. 

 

While Hoover would openly gamble on horses at the race tracks, he used more discretion with many of his gambling acts.  According to Susan, her husband was both a friend of Hoover and of Meyer Lansky.  Hence, Hoover used Rosenstiel to place most of his bets with the Lansky crime syndicate.  Hoover also reportedly used Sherman Billingsly, owner of New York’s Stork Club, to place bets with the Mob. 

 

If Hoover was a closet queer, as a number of very respectable people have alleged, then it would have been a simple matter for the Mob to know about it and to use it as a blackmail factor to keep him in line.  This is even more logical than the question about Hoover’s Negro ancestry (which the Mob also might have known about). 

 

Again, this is perhaps the key reason why Hoover always said that there was no organized crime in America.  Obviously, if the Mafia had hostile information on Hoover and was blackmailing him, they would have given him his marching orders on covering up the JFK murder. 

 

 

Hoover-Johnson Ties 

 

There is a final aspect of this JFK killing which is most fascinating.  Evelyn Lincoln was Kennedy’s private secretary.  At the 1960 Democrat convention, she was present in a room with JFK and Bobby Kennedy when the decision was made to choose Johnson to be the Kennedy running mate.  Lincoln says that the Kennedy brothers agonized for a full thirty minutes before finally deciding on LBJ. 

 

But the interesting thing about this event was that Lincoln suggests that Hoover had some blackmail material on Jack and was using threats of releasing it to force the Kennedys to choose Johnson (per video, “The Secret File of J. Edgar Hoover”).  Lincoln did not say exactly what the material was.  However, it may have involved data about some of Jack’s womanizing activities or of his connections with the Mob. 

 

Since LBJ and Hoover were close friends and neighbors for 19 years, there is a good possibility that Hoover and Johnson had secret ties and connections which have never before become public knowledge.  For sure, the Kennedys never liked LBJ and something was used to force them to put him on the ticket. 

 

 

Many Government People Involved 

 

For sure, the government cover-up involved a number of very diversified and separated people.  It is plausible that Johnson merely issued orders (personally or through some of his aides) to all the applicable persons.  But one must wonder if they all could have been made to toe the line with just words from LBJ alone.  Possibly, Lyndon had some help (blackmailing help from the Mob). 

 

This is exactly the same situation with major government leaders.  While Johnson could have persuaded many of them to do his bidding, some could have revolted (especially senators, congressmen and judges who have substantially more independence than admirals and Secret Service agents in the Executive Branch). 

 

Probably, it was these independent government people and media players (which were crucial for the cover-up to succeed) who would have been monitored and pressured by the plutocrat bankers to go along with the cover-up.  It would have been easy for ruling plutocrats to contact key government people and use the same logic on them that LBJ used on Earl Warren. 

 

The possibility of a war with the Soviets and Cubans could have persuaded many of them that the better option was to go along with the cover-up (in the sense that this excuse was actually a part of the cover-up).  In other words, don’t start making waves and upset the status quo.  Big bankers could have used these tactics in a friendly persuading fashion and no one would have perceived any wrong in their efforts. 

 

While it is clearly true that many federal agents and agency management people would willingly take measures to obstruct justice, lie, deceive and cover up criminal acts (especially to protect themselves), some of the most notorious acts of “injustice” and deceit have actually been perpetuated by national leaders like the President, the Attorney General, the Director of the FBI and the Chief Justice of the US, as outlined above for the JFK killing. 

 

Admittedly, there seems to be no “direct,” provable evidence whatsoever connecting Lyndon Johnson to the John Kennedy murder.  The same can be said about Chief Justice Earl Warren, J. Edgar Hoover and other primary government leaders.  It is out of the question to even mention Bobby Kennedy in this context. 

 

Yet, despite the “probable” innocence of all the leading government people in Washington in the actual conspiracy and murder of JFK (except for Lyndon Johnson), they all willingly and actively participated in one of the most fantastic criminal acts of obstructing justice and covering up of a murder in all of US history, in the context of the after-effects of the JFK assassination. 

 

 

More on the Cover-Up 

 

Assuredly, the highest levels of government directed an alteration of evidence--so that truth would never be known.  Many former comments herein have focused on the autopsy.  But this was only the tip of the fraud iceberg.  Almost immediately, the FBI office in Dallas began a cover-up operation, with or without the approval of Washington. 

 

Dallas FBI agent James P. Hosty Jr was allegedly assigned certain responsibilities in early November to check into Lee Oswald and his wife Marina, as possible subversive threats (per the official FBI explanation--whether true or not).  For whatever the reason might be, Hosty had some contact with the Oswalds. 

 

Around Nov 12, 1963, Lee came into the Dallas FBI office and left a hand written message for Hosty.  After the murder of Kennedy and the arrest of Oswald, FBI agent Hosty destroyed this note and a related FBI memorandum, possibly with the approval of his supervisor Gordon Shanklin (“Assignment:  Oswald,” p. 21, 60). 

 

Another incident occurred over an Oswald address or note book found in Lee’s possession by the Dallas Police Dept.  This book contained a date and the name, address, phone number and auto tag number of agent Hosty.  The book was turned over to the FBI when they arbitrarily took over the investigation, discussed previously. 

 

By the time that the book was entered as evidence in Warren Commission papers (evidently in the form of a copied presentation made by the FBI), the page containing the Hosty reference was mysteriously missing.  Hosty later claimed that FBI agents Gemberling and Kesler deliberately omitted or deleted the book’s references to Hosty as being irrelevant (“Assignment:  Oswald,” p. 234). 

 

As a minimum, It would appear that the efforts of Gemberling and Kesler were designed to protect their buddy Hosty.  A preceding chapter noted that an FBI interview disclosed Ruby’s connections to Dallas Mob boss Joseph Civello.  Yet, they were deleted in the Warren Commission report--either by the FBI or by the Warren Commission. 

 

These were not the only illegal efforts or fabrications by government investigators in the case.  At least two eye witnesses (Jean Hill and Julia Ann Mercer) claimed that their given testimony to the Warren Commission was entirely different than the way it was to later appear in the Commission report, along with at least one forged signature on an affidavit.  In other words, their testimony was deliberately altered. 

 

On this theme, it is also appropriate to recognize that both the FBI and Warren Commission people went to great lengths to try to intimidate, threaten and harass witnesses who tried to tell what they saw, as opposed to a fraudulent and deceptive agenda they tried to force witnesses to agree to. 

 

Jean Hill has noted that she told what she saw and heard in the context of four to six shots with the fatal shot from the front.  Government people tried to demean and belittle her to force her to say that she heard only three shots from the Texas School Book Depository.  Most of the witnesses, like Jean, refused to change their stories, even after the coercion and intimidation. 

 

 

New Orleans 

 

The Warren Commission was so dishonest that it never even bothered to call key New Orleans’ witnesses or investigate Oswald’s primary contacts there (like Shaw and Banister). 

 

When Clay Shaw was being tried by Jim Garrison, the Director of the CIA effectively told some subordinates that the agency should do everything possible to help Shaw (in the presence of Victor Marchetti, per video, “The JFK Conspiracy”).  Garrison tried to subpoena three CIA connected officials and the federal government would not serve the subpoenas. 

 

Garrison later initiated action to try Shaw for perjury and a federal court threw the case out.  The feds bugged Garrison’s offices, lied about him and harassed him (by claiming that he was crazy and that he was stealing public moneys).  They even audited his personal tax returns. 

 

The federal government prosecuted Garrison twice in federal court--once for allegedly taking a bribe and a follow up for tax evasion.  Jim was found innocent in the bride case and the US went on to try him a second time for tax evasion since he did not pay tax on the alleged bribe (which a jury had found him innocent of having received). 

 

However good or bad Garrison was, he was an elected official in the City of New Orleans, charged with investigating and prosecuting criminal acts.  He properly was attempting to do his job and nothing more in addressing the presence of a conspiracy to commit murder in the City of New Orleans in 1963. 

 

He deserved more than he got from the chief law enforcement people with the US government--the President and other Washington officials.  When a sitting President can use the full power of his office to alter and manipulate evidence, obstruct justice and take cover-up actions in a criminal matter falling under the purview of a state in the United States, something is profoundly wrong! 

 

 

More on Ruby 

 

One more important little quirk which developed was information that indicated that the US Justice Department actually collaborated and worked with the Jack Ruby defense lawyers during Ruby’s trial (“Final Judgment,” p. 184).  It is unclear exactly who in Justice did this collaborating, but it was not RFK (who left Justice in early 1964).  Maybe Nicholas Katzenbach and Abram Chayes were the Amalekite coordinators. 

 

This amazing truth was revealed, in part, by the popular reporter Dorothy Kilgallen, who wrote on Feb 21, 1966 (while preparations were underway for a second trial for Ruby), that “one of the best kept secrets of the Jack Ruby trial is the extent to which the federal government is cooperating with the defense.  The unprecedented alliance between Ruby’s lawyer and the Department of Justice in Washington may provide the case with the one dramatic element it has lacked:  MYSTERY.” 

 

Dorothy said that Justice provided Ruby’s lawyers with “reams” of helpful information, which was “compiled and assembled by the FBI and other Justice Department people” (“Final Judgment,” p. 184).  This was incredible.  In fact, even the prospects of a second trial were incredible.   Most murderers do not get a second trial. 

 

Truly, it is unprecedented that the US Justice Department would work in collusion with the defense lawyers of a convicted murderer in Texas to obtain a new trial and an acquittal (after the murderer had already been found guilty in a previous trial).  Poor Ms Kilgallen probed too deeply on Ruby and the JFK murder--because she too died mysteriously, shortly thereafter, of an alleged drug overdose. 

 

In “Final Judgment” (p. 183-184), Michael Collins Piper raises a question about whether Jack Ruby really died in prison in Texas or not.  Some interesting aspects of the Ruby imprisonment and related events have led to speculation that Ruby did not die in prison, but was secretly whisked out of the US to Israel and safety. 

 

The so-called Ruby funeral was a closed casket affair and no one but Jack’s brother Earl and an isolated few people actually saw the alleged dead body of Jack Ruby.  Hence, there must always remain a question of exactly whether Jack died of cancer in Texas or not and who was in the casket. 

 

It would have been no problem at all for Amalekite agents in the CIA and Mossad, working in league with janissaries or bribed employees in the Texas prison system, to substitute some other dead body for the reported dead Ruby--while the very much alive Ruby himself was secretly removed out of the US to Israel. 

 

 

Ricky White 

 

Beyond all of the above, one of the most incredible things happened in the 1970s, following the death of Roscoe White, one of the probable shooters.  Roscoe’s son Ricky was going through his father’s personal effects and he found some photos and papers on the JFK killing (“Kill Zone,” p. 84-88). 

 

Of particular importance, he found Roscoe’s diary which offered a run-down on what had happened in Dallas and the fact that Roscoe was one of the shooters.  Ricky took the papers to the local FBI office.  They were totally uninterested.  He went home and soon one of the FBI agents came to his house wanting to see the papers to see if the agent’s notebook was inadvertently mixed in with the papers. 

 

Ricky laid the papers out for the agent to examine and briefly stepped into another room.  He came back and the agent left.  Subsequently, Ricky discovered that the diary was missing and he was certain that the FBI agent took it.  A year later, he discovered more of Roscoe’s papers which appeared to connect him in Sep 1963 to the CIA and the CIA’s ZR/Rifle Program, discussed in a prior chapter. 

 

The young Mr. White attempted to make the records public and the US government investigating agencies began an intensive campaign to smear and ridicule him--just as they had done in the 1960s when Jim Garrison tried to investigate the murder.  It seems that the Establishment police early on learned of the liberal’s methodology for dealing with facts.  Ignore the facts and attack the person trying to talk about them. 

 

 

Strange Justice? 

 

The above presentation on the death of John F. Kennedy suggests a strange quirk of justice (the chickens came home to roost) in that he faced the very fate he assigned to Raphael Trujillo of the Dominican Republic, Patrice Lumumba of the Congo, Ngo Dinh Diem of South Vietnam and Fidel Castro of Cuba. 

 

Otherwise, who knows how many people were murdered and assassinated over the years at the hands of the evil Kennedy brothers (and their successors) while they were in power over the United States.  Once they launched Murder Incorporated, it became a part and parcel of US policy and has continued to be so to the early 21st century.  It probably has reached out to embrace all kinds of people since 1961. 

 

The just cited strange reality that John F. Kennedy was personally responsible for Murder Incorporated, and the assassinations or attempted assassinations of numbers of people around the globe in the early 1960s and his own unique and judgmental death has opened up a can of worms, in terms of the after-effects of the killing. 

 

As partially noted in a previous chapter, the books, movies, documentaries, videos and on and on have proliferated over the years since 1963.  This study only cites a few of the many out there which address the JFK murder and attempt to draw some understanding of reality from the available facts. 

 

Because John F. Kennedy was so busy murdering and assassinating his enemies around the world in his day, many students of his assassination have looked to some of these enemies as being the culprits for ordering the Kennedy hit.  However, as many homicide detectives know, one should not look at an enemies list alone to catch a murderer.  Instead, one must be prudent and also look at the list of “friends.” 

 

 

Yes, the Amalekites 

 

As outlined in previous comments, Michael Collins Piper does just this when he focuses attention upon the state of Israel.  It is a rarity today that any prudent, thinking American would accuse the Jews or the Israelis of anything.  Instead, this block of people pretty well get a free pass on whatever they do (because of the Amalekite control of the powers of the media). 

 

Though this writer disagrees with Piper’s final conclusion that the actual hit order came from the Israeli government, there is no question but that powerful Amalekite masters and bankers in the US and Christian West oversaw the whole operation.  After all, they benefited more from Kennedy’s death than any other party or parties. 

 

So despite the hands off approach on the Israelis and Jews (including the diabolical, plutocratic, Amalekite Jew bankers and masters; who assuredly were responsible for the JFK killing), various writers and students of the murder have made extensive efforts to pin the killing on someone (besides the real, guilty party). 

 

Since Lee Harvey Oswald was allegedly a pink-o Communist, the various leftist governments around the world have been periodically accused.  Thus, certain assassination historians have come out and postulated theories that the Soviet Union called the shot and murdered JFK (after all, Kennedy was alleged to be a staunch anti-Communist American hero). 

 

Numerous people have charged poor Castro with the hit.  Popular columnist Jack Anderson is one of those persons who has alleged that Fidel worked out an agreement with the US Mob to murder Jack with an understanding that he would let them back into Cuba.  Castro himself may have helped fuel this image when he has tried to assume some popularity over its notoriety. 

 

That the Syndicate was involved, there is no denying.  No other US power could have pulled the trigger and subsequently murdered the vast numbers of witnesses thereafter but the Mob.  Too, there is no denying that Lyndon Johnson oversaw the cover-up operations from the office of the US president. 

 

However, neither of these realties demonstrate who called the shot and put the contract out on Kennedy.  As this writer indicates herein, there is no question but that the plutocratic Amalekite Jew bankers/masters must be the source of the murder decision.  No other power in America could make the media, the forces of government, and virtually everyone at large participate in the cover-up, as happened. 

 

 

Bradley O’Leary 

 

Nevertheless, some of the divergent theories on the murder do surface from time to time.  One of the most recent ones came from an author named Bradley O’Leary who was on the Coast to Cost AM radio program on Apr 22, 2001. 

 

O’Leary’s effort is a new one and one which has been formulated based upon recent information obtained under the freedom of information laws.  Bradley has looked at the killing in the vein of what was happening in Vietnam in 1963.  He charges that the South Vietnamese President Ngo Dinh Diem had bugged the US embassy and knew virtually everything going on there. 

 

One of the interesting things which must have come to Diem’s attention was the plans of JFK to murder Diem (because Diem was not conducting the war in a way to build unity in his country.  Diem was very pro-Catholic and anti-Buddhist).  Thus, JFK had a contract out on Diem.  As O’Leary sees it, the Diem family finally pulled the trigger on JFK--howbeit, some 23 days after JFK pulled the trigger on Diem. 

 

The South Vietnamese were closely connected to the French because of French occupation and control of Vietnam for years.  Many Vietnamese spoke French, went to school in France and adopted the Catholic religion of France.  The Diem people were a part of this crowd.  When Diem decided that he would murder JFK (before JFK could murder him), he contacted his French buddies in the Marseille, France Mob. 

 

Allegedly, the Diem people had a huge sum of money which they paid the French Mob for the hit.  The French Mob was a part of the drug trade to America--which also involved some part of the US Mob (Bradley allows that the US Mob was divided on the drugs.  Some of it was involved and some was not).  Anyway, per O’Leary, Mob bosses Carlos Marcello and Santos Trafficante were involved in drug running. 

 

Supposedly, the French source contacted them; and they jointly carried the murder out--using French gunmen who were trained assassins.  The possibilities for this theory would have to be very limited (for the reasons cited above).  There is no question but that the Mob, Diem, Castro, Jimmy Hoffa, the Amalekite Rockefellers, the Amalekite Jew bankers and masters, Lyndon Johnson, and on and on wanted Kennedy dead. 

 

But the finality of the subject boils down to who could have carried the hit off, and who could have masterminded and supervised the vast cover-up operation.  The petty little Diem family could never have accomplished this effort--nor could Castro, nor could LBJ, nor could the Rockefellers, nor could the vast majority of Kennedy’s enemies.  For sure, a bigger and more powerful force was needed. 

 

There was one interesting fall out of Bradley’s comments.  He says that an analysis of the testimony of witnesses in Dallas suggest that Oswald was not even at the Book Depository that day.  O’Leary thinks that he stayed home and was completely set up to be the fall guy. 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Chapter 358--The Kennedys and Marilyn Monroe

 

 

The Kennedys and Women 

 

The JFK murder reality (described in the prior chapters) takes the student of truth to another interesting piece of history about the Kennedys.  This one concerns the beautiful movie actress Marilyn Monroe who was in the Hollywood big leagues in the JFK years. 

 

The historical record indicates that all of the Kennedy boys were gross philanderers and womanizers.  It is perhaps significant and certainly tragic to note that sometimes one or more of the Kennedy brothers would be having an affair with the same bimbo during the same time frame. 

 

The fact that some dumb, gullible girl would almost simultaneously go to bed with young Joe and Jack or Jack and Bobby never seemed to bother the brothers.  Please consider the effect of this demented, evil, Kennedy depravity with the prior discussion on Deuteronomy 24:1-4.  What an abominable practice it is for different men to willingly and knowingly share the same woman in the same time frame. 

 

This is not to suggest that the two brothers would be in bed with the same girl in a threesome.  But this should not necessarily be ruled out because the Edomites (including the Irish Phoenicians) are extremely sexually depraved, as noted earlier.  As a minimum, the brothers were quite happy to trade off girl friends with each other. 

 

 

Marilyn and the Brothers 

 

This is the situation with the beautiful Hollywood star Marilyn Monroe.  When President Jack saw her, he put the word out to brother-in-law Peter Lawford in Hollywood that the President was interested in an encounter.  In time, he had many encounters with Marilyn (along with numbers of other young girls). 

 

Per the brother’s common and long standing practice, Jack decided to cut brother Bobby in on the action.  So it wasn’t long before both Jack and Bobby were getting into bed with Marilyn--along with Jack’s good friend and colleague, Chicago gangster Sam Giancana. 

 

As can be true in illicit love affairs, allegations persisted that the two Kennedy brothers were both guilty of sharing national security information and secrets with Marilyn which could get back to the Mob and who knows who else.  Moreover, Marilyn had some emotional problems. 

 

She was under the care of a Marxist psychiatrist to further complicate the matter.  This situation prompted J Edgar Hoover to go to Bobby and lay it out that the affair could jeopardize the security of the United States.  Evidently, Hoover threatened to go public with the story.  In any case, the next day, Marilyn’s unlimited access to the President and/or the Attorney General (on a private phone) was terminated. 

 

Marilyn was very angry and threatened to go public with her diaries which contained the details of her encounters with both Jack and Bobby.  The day of her death, Bobby and two other men (one of them carrying a small doctor’s bag, “It Didn’t Start With Watergate,” p. 20) visited her apartment and told her household worker and a nearby neighbor to leave and not come back. 

 

Soon, the three men left.  Later, they returned again that night and left once more--just before she was found dead (as an “alleged,” probable suicide from an overdose of pills).  As Marilyn’s body was on the way to the morgue that night, a team of federal agents and/or private detectives hired by Peter Lawford came into her apartment and spent hours going through all of her personal effects. 

 

Peter Lawford put in a phone call to Jack (per presidential phone logs) at 6 AM, LA time (which made it around 9 AM in the morning in Washington).  Thus ended the Marilyn Monroe affair.  What happened?  Who knows? 

 

Kennedy apologists have finally acknowledged that Bobby and two men did indeed visit Marilyn that night (for sure, one time, and maybe on two separate visits).  Their story is that Marilyn was “hysterical” and threatened to go public with details of her affairs with both Jack and RFK.  As the story goes, Bobby and the two men (one of them a doctor) did visit her to “try to quieten her down.” 

 

Supposedly, the doctor was unaware that Marilyn’s doctor had already prescribed some drugs for her that day to sedate her and calm her down.  In this alleged state of ignorance, the loving, concerned, humanitarian doctor (with Kennedy) gave Marilyn some type of a sedative which killed her (by interacting adversely with the other drugs Marilyn had already taken that day). 

 

 

Marilyn Was Murdered 

 

For some time now, there has been a prevailing contrary view that links the Amalekite Mafia to the death of Marilyn. 

 

In background, the Amalekite Bugsy Siegel was assassinated in 1947 (per the orders of Syndicate boss Meyer Lansky).  Thereupon, Lansky installed his Amalekite friend Mickey Cohen as West Coast boss.  One of the things that Cohen undertook was the compilation of compromising information on Hollywood stars--which could be used for blackmail purposes (both Marilyn Monroe and Lana Turner came under Mob control). 

 

In the case of Marilyn Monroe, she was pushed into the Kennedy liaison by the Mob bosses because they wanted her to spy upon John F. Kennedy and to report back to them on whatever information she could gather from Kennedy while they were in the sack (“Final Judgment,” p. 162).  Michael Collins Piper allows that Marilyn could have been murdered by the Mob to keep her silent (“Final Judgment,” p. 163). 

 

This view on the Mafia allows that while Bobby and his helpers did visit Marilyn one or two times the night of her death, there is a likelihood that the Mob was monitoring activities in her house from their installed listening devices.  When Bobby and his team left, two mobsters allegedly came in and murdered Marilyn (with a rectal suppository of drugs). 

 

The Mob plan was to then frame Bobby Kennedy for the murder (per Chuck Giancana, brother of Chicago’s Mafia boss, Sam Giancana).  But the Mafia plan failed to materialize because federal agents and/or private detectives hired by Peter Lawford quickly came on the scene to sweep her apartment clean of all material or written records (like her diary) which could implicate the Kennedy brothers.  

 

However, this Syndicate option does have a couple of drawbacks.  First, how could the Mob have laid on such a murder in advance in view of the uncertainty that Kennedy would be there that night (Bobby was supposedly in Northern California).  Second, if the Mob wanted to frame Bobby, why would they have used a method to kill Marilyn which could and largely did go undetected (via the possible rectal suppository). 

 

 

The Probable Truth 

 

Hence, the better view is that indeed Bobby did show up with a Mob medical practitioner or CIA doctor and purposely gave her some drugs (in a rectal suppository) to kill her and shut her up for fear that she would expose the philanderers--John F. and Robert F. Kennedy.  Thus, the best guess is that Bobby Kennedy murdered or ordered the murder of Marilyn. 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Chapter 359--Bankers, Gangsters and Politicians I

 

 

FDR and Truman and the Mob 

 

Having discussed the joint operations between the United States government and organized crime during the Kennedy and Johnson administrations (in the preceding chapters), some further comment and clarification should be made at this time on similar connections throughout the years. 

 

It is a well known, documented fact that the Franklin Roosevelt administration joined up with organized crime to conduct WWII.  Whether there had been previous US government linkages to the Mob is uncertain, but clearly FDR did establish such connections. 

 

Perhaps these US government ties to the Mob might have had something to do with FBI Director J. Edgar Hoover’s consistent position that there was no organized crime (Mob) in America.  Of course, there could be other reasons why Hoover would maintain this stance, as outlined in the prior chapters. 

 

Regardless, it is now known that the FDR people contacted Lucky Luciano and Al Capone (who were in prison) for their help and assistance in linking in with Sicilian and Italian criminal gangs for the conduct of WWII in Sicily and Southern Europe. 

 

It’s hard to imagine that these crime figures participating in these joint operations didn’t get anything out of their efforts.  And they did!  Luciano’s prison sentence was commuted and he was released and deported to Italy where he continued his Mafia activities (“Contract on America,” p. 190). 

 

What else the mobsters received as payoff remains a secret, at least in terms of the public.  For sure, they got something more!  It would seem that the Germans had too much honor and were uninterested in having to turn to common criminals to conduct their military campaigns.  But it was no problem for the Amalekite Roosevelt (who was a liar and crook himself). 

 

 

More US-Mob Ties 

 

Harry S. Truman’s rise to the US Senate and presidency was financed, supported and largely made possible because of his connections with the Kansas City (Pendergras) Mob going back many years. 

 

It’s extremely doubtful that as president, Truman would have cut the US-Mob links established by FDR.  Kennedy lovers consistently argue that the Eisenhower and later Nixon administrations were both connected with the Mob as well (apparently, Nixon continued the CIA murder program with Salvador Allende in 1973, cited earlier, suggesting the continuing US-Mob ties). 

 

Manifestly, John F. Kennedy had enormous links to the Mob, as discussed in prior chapters.  The same can be said for Lyndon Johnson (who clearly continued the Kennedy murder program with the assassination of the Cuban revolutionary leader Ernesto “Che” Guevara in Bolivia in 1967.  This US murder must have involved CIA-Mob ties). 

 

There probably is some question about the US-Mob ties during the rule of Ford, Carter, Reagan and George H. W. Bush.  But since the CIA murder and assassination programs seem to have continued those years, it is almost a certainty that any CIA murder contracts were placed with the Mob. 

 

The case with Bill Clinton will be discussed next, below.  And as noted in a prior chapter, George W. Bush authorized the CIA to murder Saddam Hussein on June 17, 2002.  It appears that the CIA will use the Mob in these current murder efforts. 

 

Thus, it would appear that when FDR linked in with the Mob, back in WWII, all US presidential administrations since then have had Mob ties in some form or manner.  The establishment of the CIA in 1947 insured continuous US-Mob ties since the CIA seems to use the Mob extensively in its various murder and drug running programs.  How ironic is that the US government seems to be totally tied to organized crime. 

 

 

Slick and the Mob 

 

Beyond the above links, a mountain of evidence exists indicating that former President Slick Clinton was intimately involved with organized crime (along with his subservience to the money power).  A number of books and very professional videos have been produced which document these connections (like “The Mena Cover-up,” “Obstruction of Justice” and the “Clinton Chronicles”). 

 

It appears that organized crime’s drug running operations at the Mena, AR airport for years (by various drug lords--to include Barry Seal, mentioned in a prior chapter, who gained some notoriety after his assassination) involved the payoff of numbers of prominent politicians and law enforcement officials (which even embraced some US attorneys). 

 

In the first instance, serious allegations have been made that Slick was a genuine druggy, as his brother Roger maintained and as he has effectively admitted.  In fact, Roger called him a vacuum cleaner, in terms of sniffing cocaine.  Anyone looking carefully at Slick’s puffy nostrils and glassy eyes can immediately perceive that even now he most likely still uses coke. 

 

Besides his acknowledged use of pot and his apparent sniffing of cocaine, there are some more serious dark sides to Slick’s life of depravity with drugs.  Numerous allegations and even some evidence has surfaced showing that Slick has taken drug money for years--not only to finance his own needs, but also his political campaigns.  This then brings up the question of mobstyle deaths associated with Slick’s enemies. 

 

 

Murder Incorporated, Revisited 

 

Just as there was a series of mobstyle deaths associated with the Kennedy killing (at least 177), possibly up to 100 or more people associated with Slick Clinton have died mysteriously since he has gained political prominence in the last 30 years.  Many of these deaths were alleged to be suicides and accidents while others were clear gangland executions. 

 

In Arkansas, Clinton associates, who had their heads cut off or were shot in the back five times, were judged to be suicides or deaths due to natural causes.  The Arkansas State Medical Examiner (from India), appointed by Slick, had a history of labeling all kinds of deaths as suicides (if they had Clinton links). 

 

This death syndrome has extended to Clinton aides and colleagues who had intimate knowledge of his operations, investigative reporters, people at the Rose Law firm (where Hillary worked), some of his bimbo girl friends, some of his Arkansas State Police pimps or their families, people working in the Arkansas State House and the US White House and on and on (per the “Clinton Chronicles” video). 

 

Over the years, a number of people have collected some written documents on Clinton’s skullduggery or have attempted to make investigations into his activities.  Whenever public knowledge of these documents or investigations surfaced, the people involved would either be beaten up and have their documents stolen or they would mysteriously die (usually, by alleged suicide). 

 

 

Continuing Strange Deaths 

 

It must be significant that not only were these deaths occurring with regularity in Arkansas, but they continued after Slick moved into the White House.  Most notably, Deputy White House Counsel, Clinton friend, and former Rose Law firm associate Vince Foster, and Secretary of Commerce Ron Brown both died mysteriously. 

 

Foster was called a suicide, although there was really no real indication in support of such an allegation.  He was found shot in the head in a Washington area park.  But the evidence on the ground was that he had been shot elsewhere and moved to the park (i.e. there was no blood on the ground at the park and it appeared that his body had been dumped there after his death). 

 

A search of his briefcase and office initially revealed no suicide note.  Then later, the White House Counsel (a probable Amalekite named Bernie Nessbaum) conveniently found a mysterious suicide note upon a subsequent examination of Foster’s briefcase.  This Bernie Nessbaum gained subsequent fame by being the conduit between the FBI and the Clintons, on getting and using FBI files on opponents. 

 

The Foster death came on the heels of the murder of the 86 or so Branch Davidians in Waco, Texas (which will be assessed in some detail in subsequent chapters herein).  Foster was said to be involved sexually with Hillary Clinton, who at that time was running the White House domestic program and a Domestic Crisis Center (in the White House  basement). 

 

This crisis center seems to have been one of the permanent fixtures in the Clinton White House.  It was a well known fact that Hillary Clinton was the person running domestic affairs and this center in the basement of the White House with its 16 staff aides.  Many reporters have spoken of this operation.  So it was no secret. 

 

It appears that this crisis center ran the day to day US conflict with the Davidians.  The continuing Davidian holdout and refusal to surrender to federal authorities made the whole incident quite embarrassing to the Clinton administration.  Apparently, Bill or Hillary or both of them jointly got fed up with the delay and ordered the final assault to terminate the bad publicity. 

 

Foster was said to be privy to inside information on the employment of the US military illegally at Waco and on the decision and actual reports on what all happened with the final assault and murder of the innocent women and children. 

 

A subsequent chapter on the Davidians will quote material from a news reporter named Mike Blair, who has done extensive work on the Clintons’ link to the death of the Davidians.  Blair’s work quoted Foster’s widow Lisa which shows his state of mind at the time of his alleged suicide.  Clearly, he was upset over the Waco tragedy. 

 

Whether Foster was sufficiently upset to threaten the Clintons in some way (like perhaps in going public with the Clinton involvement and other secret details that the Clintons would not want out to the public) or not remains unclear.  In any case, something precipitated his almost certain murder and the decision to palm it off as a suicide (a common Clinton tactic in the murder of Slick’s opponents). 

 

 

Ron Brown 

 

Ron Brown, with a reported bullet hole in his head (which could have been made by someone before the crash or immediately on the scene after the crash, if Brown was found still alive or thought to be alive), was alleged to have died in a US government plane crash. 

 

As Brown’s plane went down, Shelly Kelly, a stewardess was seated in the tail section.  She survived the crash with only minor cuts and bruises.  When rescue people reached the crash, she appeared to be all right and actually walked to a rescue helicopter.  By the time the chopper set down, she was mysteriously dead (with a cut artery on her leg). 

 

Slick ordered all of the bodies quickly cremated and no official autopsies were performed to establish the deaths of Kelly, Brown or the others (although a US Army pathologist did examine Brown’s body and found the bullet hole). 

 

Air Force Traffic Maintenance Chief Niko Jerkuic was somehow involved.  He allegedly committed suicide three days later.  The plane’s “black box” and recording tapes from the tower mysteriously vanished.  So information about the crash has been hard to come by. 

 

The plane contained some 34 people and was on a business promotion exercise into old Yugoslavia.  Besides Brown and the crew, apparently the other passengers were all US business people looking for investment opportunities in the Balkans. 

 

According to information reported by Michael Bunker (on his video “Nowhere to Hide: Iridium Satellites”), Ron Brown was a close confidante and associate of Bill Clinton in his efforts to transfer advanced computer, missile and nuclear technology to Communist China, in exchange for campaign contributions (which, of course, constituted treason). 

 

The Loral Corporation and its head Bernard Schwartz (an alleged Amalekite with obvious ties to Clinton’s Amalekite aides) were the primary players in this transfer of the technology (although there were many others) which was clearly in violation of US law.  Obviously, the US law had to be overcome. 

 

But in his great wisdom, Bernard Schwartz contributed $1.3 million to Clinton and the Democrats from 1992 to 1999 (Jan-Feb 2000 “Prophecy Flash” news report, p. 32).  With this backdrop, Clinton therefore signed waivers to allow the technology transfers to China. 

 

Schwartz was also head of a supposedly global communications company named Globalstar which was supposed to be a competitor of another supposedly global communications company called Iridium (that company likewise has some interesting Chinese links).  Iridium will be addressed in a later chapter on the monitoring and spying upon US citizens. 

 

Though allegedly competitors, Schwartz was one of the key persons who used his influence to lobby on behalf of Iridium, in getting acceptance for Iridium in various foreign nations.  In any case, Schwartz was scheduled to be on the same plane with Brown.  But he was tipped off by someone in the US government to not take that plane trip.  He stayed home. 

 

 

Why? 

 

With a focus upon Brown, as being the likely target for the crash of the airplane, Michael Bunker has done much research which ties Brown to the Chinese, Bernard Schwartz and Bill Clinton.  Bunker says that just before the plane left, Brown called Clinton and suggested that they get together for a game of golf.  They did so. 

 

Bunker notes that the Congressional Cox Committee was investigating the Chinese connections with Clinton and the Democrat National Committee (which had been headed by Brown).  Cox was preparing to subpoena Brown and force him to testify. 

 

Per Bunker, Brown told Clinton that he would not take the fall alone and face the possibility of going to jail for treason.  As is normal with Clinton, he always expects his subordinate employees and others to take the blame for his scandals. 

 

In any case, it is likely that Slick pacified Brown with promises to take action to remove the pressure from him in having to go before Congress and testify.  And if this conversation took place, as suggested by Bunker, it is clear why Ron Brown had to die (and why the bullet hole was found in his head, to be doubly sure that he indeed was dead). 

 

Brown was not the only Commerce official who died mysteriously.  Barbara Wise was a Commerce Department staffer working with Brown and Clinton financier John Huang, one of the Chinese players.  Barbara died mysteriously on November 29, 1996, in her office just after the Brown plane crash.  Charles Meissner also worked at Commerce and with Huang.  He died in a small plane crash.  

 

There is a final twist to this subject.  Just after the deaths of Brown, Meissner and Wise, the Iridium Corporation hired all of the Commerce Department Under Secretaries, plus the Commerce official who was in charge of scheduling the foreign business trips (like the one Brown was on).  In other words, the key people who might have known what all was going on in Commerce were all removed. 

 

It is still unclear (and probably will remain that way into the future) what all that Slick and his Black buddy Ron Brown were involved in at Commerce.  Recent news reports have suggested that, among other things, they sold seats on Commerce Department trade missions in exchange for campaign contributions (Aug 2000 “Internet Vortex,” p. 22).  Clearly, they were involved in illegal activities. 

 

 

The White House 

 

Interestingly, recent years have seen a situation where a woman (Kathleen Willey) went into Clinton’s oval office to ask Slick for a pay raise in her job with his administration. 

 

Bill responded by trying to sexually assault her in his office.  She did manage to get out without being raped.  But she was ruffled up somewhat.  Later that day, her husband (Ed Willey) mysteriously committed suicide.  Still later, her tires were slashed, her cat vanished and she was threatened when it looked like she would talk to the Clinton grand jury. 

 

In July 1997, Mary Kate Mahoney, one of the White House intern friends of Monica Lewinsky (a recent Clinton girl friend--mentioned before), was murdered in Georgetown in a coffee house late at night with two waitresses who were present and who were also killed--possibly because they were witnesses. 

 

Mary’s murder was an apparent gangland killing since she was shot five times in the head, execution style.  Clearly, robbery was not the motive because nothing was taken in the murders.  The cafe had over $4,000 on hand which was not bothered.  Also, Georgetown is an exclusive section of Washington where murders are rare.  Reportedly, Mary was preparing to go public about sex problems at the White House. 

 

A Little Rock, AR man named Johnny Lawhon, age 29, found a large cache of Whitewater documents in the trunk of an abandoned automobile in Nov 1997.  Later, Lawhon died in a mysterious automobile accident. 

 

Linda Tripp, who revealed the Lewinsky problem, was threatened by Clinton aide Bruce Lindsay.  She was placed under a limited form of FBI witness protection.  Eventually, she was prosecuted in Maryland; and Slick fired her from her government job at the Pentagon.  Maybe the George Bush administration may in time find a place for poor Linda. 

 

Actually, the recent news flare-up over Slick’s sodomite debasement of Monica Lewinsky has allowed a number of other ticking time bombs to also unravel and/or go off.  There have been a number of women who have had bad run-ins with Clinton over the years (although the apathetic and indifferent US public could care less about how many women have been abused, threatened or murdered by Clinton). 

 

An interesting article, by Julia Malone, on “Kendall says court filing on women is partisan,” in the Aug 2-8, 1999, “Washington Times” (p. 9), mentioned that besides Linda Tripp, some nine other women have been threatened by Clinton or some of his aides (to include Kathleen Willey, Juanita Broaddrick, Gennifer Flowers, Dolly Browning, etc). 

 

Fearing for their lives and well beings and totally unable to get any favorable attention from the media, the American police and judicial functions and even the favorable concern of the American public, some of these women brought their plight before Judicial Watch, a private organization, in an effort to try to get judicial action to address their concerns. 

 

Quite naturally, Slick and his band of government paid lawyers and attack dogs went on the offensive against these women and Judicial Watch.  Lawyer Kendall filed a court reply saying that the filed motion “was to make scandalous allegations against the president.”  This accuse the accuser modus operandi of Clinton will be further assessed in comments to follow in the succeeding chapters. 

 

 

The McDougals 

 

As late as March 8, 1998, former Clinton friend and business associate James McDougal died of an alleged heart attack while in solitary in a federal prison and while preparing to testify in court about Slick.  McDougal had been collaborating with independent prosecutor Kenneth Starr in pursuing allegations of fraud and corruption involving the former Arkansas Governor Bill Clinton in the Whitewater fraud. 

 

Obviously, McDougal’s death was an extraordinary loss in the investigation of Slick.  Was it really a heart attack or was it something else?  Today, there are several drugs (chemical agents that can be conveyed in pills, in food, in water, by injection or even from an overdose of insulin) that can be administered which can induce a heart attack (or cause cancer) and are largely undetectable in an autopsy. 

 

McDougal’s death was a blessing to Slick Clinton, McDougal’s wife Susan and a whole host of the Whitewater coconspirators who were facing possible indictment and trial for fraud and corruption.  With McDougal dead, none of these people would have to face his accusations in court.  Truly, the demise of McDougal has been a great bonanza to a whole host of Whitewater crooks. 

 

Susan McDougal had been in jail for some time because she refused to answer questions of the Whitewater grand jury.  She would have been freed and granted immediate immunity from prosecution if she would have answered a few yes or no questions about Slick. 

 

Consistently, Susan chose jail rather than talk--for some strange reason.  Could it be because of all the deaths of people around Clinton or did she understand that she would be quickly released (as she was in June 1998).  Something motivated her to keep her mouth shut.  In January 2001, Slick pardoned her.  So her wait paid off. 

 

 

47 Specific Deaths Tied To Clinton 

 

The Nov 1998 “Idaho Observer” (p. 19) had an article on “ Warning:  Association with the President May Cause Death Without Warning” which detailed 47 mysterious “accidental” deaths or alleged suicides of Clinton associates. 

 

Suffice to say, the list did not extend to the plane load of 34 people in the airplane that died with Ron Brown when it went down (as discussed above), nor did it cover people who did not have definite Clinton links.  Hence, it was a “partial” list and far from being complete.  The previously mentioned possible 100 deaths seems far more plausible. 

 

Besides some of the people described earlier in this chapter, the “Warning” story mentioned Jerry Parks, the former head of Clinton’s gubernatorial security team in Little Rock.  Parks reportedly had built a dossier on Clinton’s activities and threatened to go public with it.  Parks was gunned down by an unidentified killer and his files were mysteriously removed from his house. 

 

James Wilson allegedly hung himself in May 1993.  He was connected to Slick in Whitewater.  Suzanne Coleman was supposedly involved sexually with Clinton while he was Arkansas Attorney General.  She was shot in the back of the head.  Her killing was ruled a suicide by Arkansas authorities.  Suzanne was pregnant at the time of her death. 

 

Kathy Ferguson was the ex-wife of AR state trooper Danny Ferguson who was the accused pimp who set up Paula Jones for a Clinton encounter.  Kathy was shot in the head in May 1994 and the AR authorities quite naturally said that it was a suicide--even though she had several packed suitcases nearby as if she was preparing to leave.  Kathy was supposed to be a collaborating witness for Paula Jones. 

 

Kathy’s fiancee was AR state trooper Bill Shelton.  He complained bitterly over her death and the suicide report.  In June 1994, Bill allegedly committed suicide with a gunshot to his head.  James Bunch was an alleged suicide from a gunshot wound.  He had a black book on influential people visiting prostitutes in AR and TX. 

 

Gandy Baugh was the attorney for Clinton friend and convicted drug dealer Dan Lasiter (who was earlier pardoned by Slick).  Baugh allegedly jumped to his death from a tall building in Jan 1994.  Danny Casolaro was an investigative reporter working on the Mena Airport and the Arkansas Development Finance Authority linked to Clinton.  Danny committed alleged suicide while in the middle of his investigation. 

 

Paul Wilcher was an attorney working with Gandy Baugh in his investigation.  Wilcher was found mysteriously dead in a Washington, DC toilet on Jun 22, 1993.  Jon Parnell Walker was an investigator for the Resolution Trust Corporation, investigating Clinton and Whitewater.  In August 1993, he allegedly jumped to his death from his Arlington VA apartment house. 

 

The mysterious deaths of Charles Meissner and Barbara Wise, of the US Commerce Department, were mentioned above.  Dr Stanley Heard and his attorney Steve Dickson died when their small plane crashed mysteriously.  Heard treated Slick’s mother, stepfather and brother.  Dr Donald Rogers, a dentist, had information on Clinton.  Before he could tell it to a London reporter, he also died in a plane crash. 

 

Stanley Huggins investigated Clinton linked, Madison Guarantee.  He reportedly committed suicide.  His investigation report on Clinton was never released.  Clinton attorney and fund raiser Hershell Friday died when his airplane exploded in the air. 

 

The article concluded with a list of twelve former Clinton body guards who are now all dead--presumably under questionable circumstances.  Like the story said, it is a very dangerous practice to be associated in any way with Slick Clinton.  Many such persons have died mysteriously over the last several years. 

 

These peculiar deaths have run the gauntlet with serious issues to seemingly minor things.  Hence, they involve people with knowledge of Clinton’s drug connections, bank frauds, and illegal campaign finance operations to more petty subjects like Slick’s personal use of drugs and his womanizing activities. 

 

 

More Arkansas Murders 

 

Besides these deaths of persons with clear links to Clinton, there have been a number of similar strange deaths of people involved in the drug trade while Slick was Governor in Arkansas (Jul-Aug 2000 “Prophecy Flash,” p. 38-40). 

 

For example, two young boys (Kevin Ives and Don Henry) were out riding their bikes one day in Central Arkansas and they saw something which they were not supposed to see (many believe that they saw an airplane drop a load of drugs to a pick-up site and people on the ground). 

 

The two boys were found dead--supposedly run over by a train.  The coroner ruled that they died in suicide.  A later autopsy disclosed that both boys were murdered and placed on the train tracks (Kevin died from a crushed skull and Don was stabbed in the back).  Their murderers have never been found or prosecuted. 

 

A man named Keith Cloney had information on the deaths of the boys.  Before he could testify, he died in a mysterious motorcycle accident.  Another man, named Gregory McKasle, with information of the murder of the boys, was knifed to death before he told what he knew.  Jordan Ketelson also had information on the boys’ deaths.  He was found shot-gunned to death in the front seat of his pick-up truck. 

 

One more man, James Milam, likewise had information on the boys’ deaths.  He was found decapitated (the Indian Arkansas Medical Examiner, appointed by Slick, ruled it a natural death).  Richard Winters, a suspect in the murder of the two boys, was killed by a shotgun blast in an alleged robbery attempt (which appeared to be a set up operation).

 

A man named Jeff Rhodes, with information about McKasle’s death, was murdered by being burned to death.  His body had torture marks, suggesting that before he died, he was tortured extensively.

 

As noted earlier, the famous drug runner, Barry Seal (who worked out of Mena, AR with drug boss Dan Lasiter and while Slick was Governor), was mysteriously assassinated after he testified to federal authorities (a surveillance tape showed Clinton and Lasiter inspecting Seal’s plane one time after Seal flew it into Mena--evidently after bringing in a load of drugs). 

 

Accountant Florence Martin had information on Seal’s off-shore bank accounts.  She was found shot to death. 

 

 

One Hundred or Two Hundred or Thousands? 

 

Earlier in this chapter, mention was made to the possibility of one hundred strange deaths (murders or assassinations) associated with the rise and maintenance of power by former President Bill “Slick” Clinton.   It’s fairly easy to count up to one hundred people without any particular effort whatsoever. 

 

But whatever the count might be from outright murder, the figure will be far too small and conservative in terms of the real world of persons actually killed one way or the other by Slick and his paid hired hands. 

 

In all fairness, the murder of the 86 Branch Davidians must be laid explicitly to the doorstep of Bill Clinton (as will be described in some detail in a subsequent chapter herein).  While the case can be made that Bill’s wife Hillary, in her Domestic Crisis Center (in the basement of the White House), actually issued the attack order to the federal alphabet police, the decision had to ultimately involve Bill. 

 

As will be broached in the later chapter on this discussion, the US military was active at Waco and its involvement surely had to have had the approval of President Slick (simply because of the posse comitatus act).  So, by adding in the deaths of the 34 people on Ron Brown’s airplane (in the Balkans) and the Branch Davidians, it is very easy to build the case for at least 200 murders. 

 

 

Really Thousands 

 

But this figure is still too low.  Once Bill was in power, he had a habit of ordering the US military to strike his enemies around the world.  These military maneuvers and attacks are detailed in other chapters herein and need not be assessed presently to any extent. 

 

When a US missile fired at the order of Bill Clinton streaks in on a house of innocent people (with women and children present) in the Balkans, Afghanistan, the Sudan or wherever, it means little to the people killed on why the missile hit their home.  A bomb going off from a missile attack kills just as easy as a mobster with a gun or knife.  Either way, the victim is dead. 

 

Slick Clinton was notorious about starting wars and conflicts around the globe which ultimately involved US military power to some extent.  The so-called noble reason to kill only bad people never works out in a military conflict.  Almost always, it is innocent people (the old, women and children and particularly the poor) who suffer in military excursions. 

 

As discussed earlier, the US has gone to war to further the aims and ambitions of the plutocrats for vast ages now.  Certainly, Bill Clinton (and most of his predecessors as well) was anxious to obey the plutocrats and bomb someone (anyone) into oblivion.  

 

If there ever was a disgraceful US attack on innocent people, it was the situation in the Balkans in the so-called war against the Serbs (over Kosovo). 

 

Some of the Serb leaders (who were guilty of nothing--other than fighting a civil war against the Edomite Muslims to try to stop the drug flow) was regularly demonized by Bill Clinton, the controlled national media and the secret plutocratic rulers of America.  To this date, in early 2003, various Serbs are being hunted, arrested and hustled off to the Hague in the Netherlands to stand trial for alleged evils. 

 

This whole process of trying these Serbs for alleged war crimes and previous such Western actions (like with the Nazis in WWII) have set precedents for coming days when various Israeli, British, and American political and military leaders will be arrested and tried for war crimes before international courts.  The chickens will surely come home to roost. 

 

If there ever was a person deserving of a murder indictment and trial, it has been and is Bill “Slick” Clinton.  This man has literally gotten away with huge numbers of murders for years.  He has never had to pay the piper as should have happened long ago. 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Chapter 360--Bankers, Gangsters and Politicians II

 

 

Busted Kneecaps? 

 

In February 1998, Clinton confidante and aide James Carville told the “New York Post” newspaper that prosecutor Ken Starr (in his continuing investigation of President Slick Clinton) was getting very close to having his kneecaps busted (discussed on the Rush Limbaugh Radio Talk Show on Feb 11, 1998).  Is that a threat or what? 

 

Beyond this threat, any number of reports have come out of Arkansas of people who were beaten up or threatened if they had had an adverse run-in with Clinton in some way.  Clinton critic Larry Nichols (formerly with the Arkansas Development Finance Authority and the person who first blew the whistle on Slick’s criminal operations) has been beaten up nine times. 

 

The first time he was beaten by three Black males in a hospital parking lot in Little Rock. 

 

The last time, in April 2000, two Hispanic men beat him with a baseball bat, near his home in Conroe (or Conway?), AR and would have killed him were it not because of a neighbor who called police and told the attackers that the cops were on the way (May 8, 2000, “Spotlight,” p. 10).  All of the assailants got away in all nine cases. 

 

People who were compiling files or reports hostile to Slick not only were typically beaten up or murdered, but their houses were ransacked and any writings they had on Slick customarily would vanish into thin air. 

 

For instance, Gary Johnson lived next door to Gennifer Flowers.  He made video tapes of Clinton visits to Gennifer.  He was beaten up and left for dead.  His video tapes and information on Clinton were taken from his home.  Arkansas state trooper Russell Welch had information on Clinton’s actions.  He was stricken with military grade Anthrax poisoning. 

 

 

JFK Revisited 

 

With documents and files no longer available to check, who can be sure of what they said?  This is one of the problems with the previously discussed JFK murder.  In the context of making the cover-up successful, it is certain that most or all of the revealing documents in the hands of the federal government have already been destroyed years ago (per Victor Marchetti in “The JFK Conspiracy”). 

 

The best illustration of the destruction of government files, documents and records is the way CIA Director Richard Helms reacted in 1967 when the CIA’s inspector general mentioned that William K. Harvey, previously discussed, took notes of CIA meetings in which the Director said that John F Kennedy twice ordered him to establish a formal assassinations unit--a Murder Incorporated (“Dark Side of Camelot,” p. 188). 

 

Helms immediately ordered all CIA files on the Castro murder efforts destroyed.  Once records are shredded, burned and/or destroyed, it’s hard to come along later and try to second guess exactly what those records might have said.  The destruction of written records is a favorite practice in any cover-up situation. 

 

Of course, Clinton has followed suit and destroyed vast files and records--both in the federal government in Washington and among people who had the tragedy of having had contact with Clinton over the years.  Clinton’s enemies who tried to maintain some files on him were soon either murdered or beaten up and their files destroyed. 

 

 

Burglaries 

 

One of Slick Clinton’s acquaintances some years ago was an airline stewardess named Cristi Zercher.  She had a run in with Slick during the 1992 presidential campaign.  Since the actual details of this contact were described in some detail in a prior chapter on Slick and his sodomite practices, there is no need presently to cover them again. 

 

Suffice to say, Clinton tried hard to have a sexual encounter with Cristi while he and Hillary were traveling on an airliner.  Hillary was asleep.  So he proceeded to pursue Cristi, although unsuccessfully.  After the Monica Lewinsky flare-up, Zercher told her story to the media. 

 

As a follow-up on the Cristi Zercher airplane incident, Clinton aide Bruce Lindsay phoned her on March 8, 1994, and prevailed upon her to say positive things about President Clinton to “Washington Post” reporter Michael Isikoff, then writing a story on Slick (Jun-Jul 1998 “Prophecy Flash,” p. 34). 

 

Evidently, Cristi’s comments to the reporter were not positive enough.  Shortly thereafter, her apartment was strangely broken into.  None of her money, jewelry or other valuables were taken.  The robbers did take a box containing her diary which had a detailed record of the Clinton incident and photographs of him on the campaign plane. 

 

Former Clinton girl friend Gennifer Flowers’ home was burglarized three times after Clinton got her pregnant and ordered her to abort the baby (Oct 1999 “Internet Vortex,” p. 9).  She believes that Clinton was behind the burglaries.  Vortex (p. 19) also reports that the home of Black prostitute Bobbie Williams was broken into in 1992.  The only thing stolen were two pictures of Clinton’s alleged son Danno. 

 

Another burglary incident surfaced in 1999 when former Arkansas state trooper L. D. Brown’s office in Little Rock was burglarized and some 576 copies of Brown’s book on Clinton were stolen (Sep 27, 1999, “Spotlight,” p. 23).  Brown was on the Arkansas Governor’s detail which was operated as a state pimp agency to procure women for Slick. 

 

Recently, Brown has been a frequent critic and witness in court against both Bill and Hillary Clinton.  Brown says that the burglary was political and that he will take precautionary measures in the future.  As “Spotlight” noted, Bill Clinton’s enemies seem to have bad “luck” for some strange reason.   

 

 

The Mob’s Role 

 

While it is easy to see that the Mob would monitor and check upon people who are investigating Clinton and drug running at the Mena Airport--in order to execute them, if they pose any threat to their illegal drug operations (which includes necessary pay-offs and links to politicians like Clinton)--one would have to wonder why the concern over Slick’s girl friends and bimbos. 

 

Why would people expect to have their legs broken or be beaten up and have their homes ransacked if they were alleged to be spying on Arkansas Governor Clinton, as he was secretly visiting Gennifer Flowers or one of his other girl friends (as actually happened, per the “Clinton Chronicles”)?  Such activities can clearly be linked to the Mob. 

 

So, why should the Mafia care about Clinton’s girl friends?  The answer seems to be that the super rich and their Mob associates have spent years and gobs of money to build up, support and popularize Clinton to allow him to gain political power.  Once in political power, a politician can then begin to repay the controllers who have financed and supported him in his rise to power. 

 

Thus, the big boys spent a lot of money on both Bill Clinton and the previously discussed Jack Kennedy to get them into the presidency.  The fat cats are not about to sit back and allow all of that money to go down the tubes because JFK or Slick would get caught in a petty adultery scandal. 

 

The money power couldn’t stop Jack and Bill’s womanizing, even if it had wanted to.  But this source could easily murder any person who would or could expose the philandering activities (like maybe with Marilyn Monroe, who was involved with both Jack and Bobby Kennedy; plus mobster Sam Giancana, as mentioned previously). 

 

 

Slick’s Normal MO for Cast Off Girl Friends

 

The just mentioned Monica Lewinsky expressed concern over her situation after the death of Mary Mahoney.  One must stop and ponder why Monica is still alive in view of all of the strange deaths associated with Bill Clinton. 

 

Historically, Slick’s normal MO in dealing with cast off girl friends is to give them a high paying job in government which will effectively guarantee their silence.  Too, in cases of sodomy, some probably are reluctant for the details to get out. 

 

Of course, Monica was offered a job in return for committing perjury in the Paula Jones case.  At first, she was given a top secret clearance and a job at the Pentagon (on the level of a GS 17 at $85,000 per annum).  Later, she was visited by UN Ambassador Bill Richardson and offered a high level job at the UN.  Clinton friend Vernon Jordan arranged for her to have a $40,000 a year job at Revlon. 

 

Apparently, Monica was trying to lie and keep the Clinton affair secret until Linda Tripp made a secret recording of the sordid details.  Everything then exploded in the nation’s media.  Her sexual encounters with Slick Clinton completely dominated the news for most of 1998. 

 

Of course, Monica became such a national celebrity over night that if the Mafia tried to murder her or hurt her in some manner, there would have been a great outcry from the Congress and the media.  However, her father faced an act of intimidation at his home in California in Sep 1998 (per press reports). 

 

Monica’s father Bernard Lewinsky was not alone in being threatened.  Linda Tripp, Gennifer Flowers and Kathleen Willey have all been threatened with bodily harm.  It appears that Slick uses threats (and actual murders) where necessary to keep the cap on the release of potentially damaging information.   

 

 

The Oklahoma City Bombing Deaths 

 

Subsequent chapters will assess the Oklahoma City bombing of a few years ago.  There is no intent to really address it at this time, per se.  But something associated with that event has been on a lot of people’s minds and should be mentioned in the context of the many strange deaths associated with President Bill Clinton. 

 

The most recent reminder on this case was outlined in a reader’s letter in the Jan-Feb 2000 “Jubilee” (p. 19).  The letter recalled the situation with a US Secret Service agent named Leonard.  Leonard worked in the White House guarding the first family, while Clinton’s scandals over Paula Jones and Monica Lewinsky were taking place or being publicized and about the time that Vince Foster died mysteriously. 

 

Just before the bombing, Leonard was transferred to Oklahoma City.  On the morning of the April bombing, Leonard was scheduled to go to the Federal Courthouse (across the street from the Murrah Building) and testify about Clinton.  But he received a priority page and went back to the Murrah Building to return the call (which must have been important and secretive or he could have used a phone at the court house). 

 

In any case, he died in the bomb blast.  There were several other mysterious deaths--like Oklahoma City Police Sergeant Terry Yeakley who investigated the bombing.  A Dr Chumbly, who was a witness at the bombing site, died mysteriously.  Another man named Eberheart, who assisted in the rescue, later turned up mysteriously dead in the building, as if he was killed in the blast (this is not a contradiction). 

 

Otherwise, the FBI’s files and papers on the FBI murders at Waco were reportedly housed in the Murrah Building.  With the bombing, most of this stuff was lost to investigators. 

 

As will be discussed in subsequent chapters on the Oklahoma City bombing, there are a lot of unanswered questions, together with evidence of a massive cover-up.  At this point in time, it’s hard to tell what happened.  But with Slick Clinton’s record, there are reasons to believe that he could have been involved in some way in this huge murder of Oklahomans. 

 

 

Accuse the Accuser, Revisited 

 

Whenever accused of wrong doings which might not immediately justify busted kneecaps or an assassination, Slick’s normal reaction is not to deny his guilt.  Instead his MO (for petty allegations) is to accuse the accuser.  It appears that these routine allegations materialize fairly often for Bill and especially after he entered the White House. 

 

He has followed this practice for years and has even went to the extreme of hiring private investigators to dig up damaging allegations against his opponents, in conjunction with using FBI files maintained on private citizens while he was in the White House (to be later elaborated upon). 

 

The Clinton White House made it plain that if President Slick was forced out of the presidency over his various problems, he was prepared to take a lot of other people down with him--evidently congressmen, prosecutors and reporters.  Slick was prepared to pull out all of the stops and go all of the way to stay in power. 

 

If accusing the accuser didn’t work or didn’t seem practical, he was prepared to make threats and take far more strenuous measures if necessary.  Possibly, busted kneecaps and strange deaths would apply when the accuser had really critical information on Slick and/or didn’t back off after a warning.  

 

 

Slick Implements Accuse the Accuser  

 

While Slick and his criminal allies have traditionally used murder as one means of dealing with serious adversaries who could be of danger to Clinton and his political career, he increasingly turned to accuse the accuser in the White House to use against those persons whose assassinations and murders might provoke an outcry from the controlled media. 

 

It was easy to murder some insignificant people down in Arkansas, and pay off and bribe Clinton’s cast off girl friends with money and jobs, but there were some Republican leaders in Congress where those threats would not readily apply. 

 

For more prominent political opponents, Slick turned to the use of information stored in Washington in FBI files and into even using his own investigators to go out and dig up further information on his opponents--as briefly noted in some of the preceding remarks. 

 

The FBI files can be readily consulted by the powers that be whenever they want to and for whatever purpose they choose.  A classic illustration of this surfaced early in the Clinton administration when members of the Democrat White House sought and received from the FBI over 900 intelligence files on Republican opponents of Clinton. 

 

Later, it became evident that Slick was prepared to use data from these files in accusing his accusers in his sodomy investigation.  In early April 1998, one of the key officials with the Democrat National Committee revealed that he was in the process of preparing data for public release on members of the House Judiciary Committee who might be anti-Clinton on impeachment hearings. 

 

There was some unfavorable news coverage on this report.  So the official supposedly backed off.  However, several insiders or people with knowledge of Slick Clinton’s methods repeatedly mentioned the plans of the Clinton team to attack any person (certainly Republicans) who would dare criticize the President or push the impeachment and removal option. 

 

The point of these Clinton plans is quite manifest.  Slick had already collected FBI intelligence files on his political opponents.  In addition, he had employed a number of other private investigators to also begin investigating his various opponents--including women and other persons (who possess derogatory information on him), people in Congress and people in the media (who could be a threat to him). 

 

In 1998, he installed two super Cray computers in the White House for some purpose or purposes.  While these super computers could be and assuredly were used for all kinds of things, they clearly were available for Slick to use against his political opponents (from the standpoint of compiling, sorting and interpreting information on them). 

 

With his extensive personal information about his opponents, Slick was able to selectively release information to the media about these enemies to show that they have some skeletons in their closets as well.  This threat presented a situation where his opponents were effectively coerced or blackmailed into silence for fear that Slick would retaliate if they said anything critical. 

 

 

Some Examples 

 

This situation happened in early April 1998 when the House Majority Leader, Dick Armey of Texas, spoke up in criticism of Slick and said that Clinton should be ashamed and resign for his sexual misconduct.  Immediately, Slick’s spin meisters made a press release claiming that 20 years ago, the Texas Congressman “flirted” with some woman at a speaking engagement and was criticized over it. 

 

In the succeeding months, Slick and his media cohorts began their scorched earth policy on his Republican enemies to try to intimidate and coerce those in Congress who might vote to impeach and remove him. 

 

They dug up and publicized incidents that occurred many years ago with Representatives Dan Burton, Helen Chenowith, Bob Barr, Henry Hyde and others in an effort to make it plain that if Slick went down, he would take others with him. 

 

In a classic illustration of Clinton’s efforts to attack his attackers, his White House spin meisters carefully released data on some adulterous affairs of Speaker-elect Bob Livingston on Dec 17, 1998, the day before the House of Representatives began impeachment discussions on the floor of the House.  When Livingston learned of it, he immediately confessed his wrong doings and resigned from Congress. 

 

Slick’s friend Larry Flynt appears to have been one of the people in the media fed information on Bob Livingston from the Slick White House.  Naturally, Flynt began to immediately launch the Clinton media attack on Livingston--even after he resigned from Congress. 

 

Larry Flynt is one of the leaders of the American pornography business with his publication of “Hustler” magazine and other porno writings and videos.  When the President of the United States is so morally bankrupt and depraved that he must leak information on his political enemies to a leading pornographer, the American people should wake up and be concerned. 

 

But no, the public apathy of the American people continued unabated.  Instead of being angry and upset with Slick and/or with pornographers like Flynt, the people seemed to be angry with the Republicans and their leaders (like Newt Gingrich and Bob Livingston). 

 

What this amounts to is that Slick could and would use FBI intelligence files and other accumulated data to blackmail members of the US Congress who may have chosen to do their job and proceed with the impeachment and removal options. 

 

Slick could and did dig up information from 10, 20, 40 or 50 years ago to coerce any possible opponents (effectively holding them hostage).  And in most cases, almost all people have something in their lives which they would be ashamed of (if it became public knowledge). 

 

In the case of politicians, such derogatory information could be disastrous.  Most politicians could never be the successful and convincing liar that Slick has been all his life.  Thus, most of them, like Bob Packwood and Bob Livingston, would go down the tubes. 

 

 

Slick’s Continuing Criminal Activities 

 

After becoming president, Slick regularly had visits in the White House from various fat cat bankers, gun runners and gangster figures over the years. The financing scandals, associated with the Clinton election campaigns, have been in the media for the last few years. 

 

From them, revelations have surfaced of these visits by known criminals and shady figures.  Certainly, many of these people have donated large sums of money to Slick.  Like the Chinese, they must get something in return. 

 

Incidentally, Slick Clinton was able to escape any penalties or adverse reactions for his immoral, dishonest, crooked and wicked practices since the American people simply didn’t seem to care (actually, he did escape almost all penalties in January 2001 when the special prosecutor chose to not indict him). 

 

What a tragedy it is for America that her people simply don’t care.  Obviously, judgment day is fast approaching since the people don’t care. 

 

But importantly, some 18 (as of Feb 1, 1998) of Bill’s close colleagues (including Arkansas Governor Jim Guy Tucker, Slick’s picked successor) have been convicted of corruption, fraud and other criminal acts (all of which probably link to Clinton as well).  Slick’s friends haven’t had the Teflon coating that Slick has enjoyed. 

 

The super rich bankers living in YESHUA’s day are still around here in the early 21st century and still calling the shots--involving even contemporary gangsters and mobsters.  They are not about to sit back and not take action if it appears that their money scam operations are in jeopardy.  They will intervene and assassinate whomever they need to if they perceive a threat. 

 

For his presidential term, Clinton faithfully served the money power, much like Abe Lincoln, John Kennedy and Richard Nixon did for awhile.  But if for some reason--like if he double crosses them, or if they turn on him for being unreliable (in the future, in the vein that he is returned to power)--he could be in trouble; just as those other presidents were in trouble.  This option will be explored in later comments. 

 

For sure, the future for both George W. Bush and Dick Cheney seems doubtful.  They both could be dead (or out) and reasonably soon.  Maybe Slick will be able to maneuver things to regain power with a Hillary presidency or a new constitution (as discussed earlier). 

 

Along with Slick, another popular man waiting in the wings is Colin Powell.  The plutocrats like him.  So he too could come into power (with or without Slick). 

 

 

Janet “Butch” Reno 

 

One of the primary parties who supported and helped Slick Clinton in his nefarious activities was the US Attorney General Janet Reno.  The question must persist on why the chief law enforcement official in the United States would constantly go out of her way to protect and safeguard Slick in many of his evil undertakings (and the corporate world that worked with Slick in his actions). 

 

The main focus here is on why Reno consistently refused to appoint an independent counsel to investigate Clinton’s approval of the sale of United States technology to the Chinese Communists for campaign contributions.  This is a most serious complaint and one which would invoke clear charges of treason on the part of Slick Clinton.  The Republicans never really followed up on this course.  So it went nowhere. 

 

However, US Congressman James Traficant, Democrat of Ohio, spoke out and charged that Reno herself was involved in a treasonous conspiracy in protecting Clinton. 

 

Traficant noted that when Slick appointed Reno as Attorney General, the FBI made an investigation into her background and found substantial evidence/proof that she was a butch lesbian who used young prostitute girls for her sexual pleasures in Florida. 

 

In seeking Senate approval of her appointment, Slick and his cronies at the FBI withheld this damaging information about Reno.  Accordingly, she was confirmed.  After taking over at Justice, she consistently repaid Slick for his appointment and support.  But this is only part of what Traficant uncovered.  He found evidence that the Mob had been blackmailing her over her sordid problems. 

 

Just as the evidence was massive that former FBI Director J. Edgar Hoover was blackmailed and controlled by the Mob, the same conclusion surfaced in a look at Janet “Butch” Reno.  Traficant said that once she moved into the US Justice Department, Reno answered to the Mob and particularly in terms of the so-called “China-gate” treason. 

 

Traficant publicly in early August 2000 outlined his charges of treason against Reno and called for a congressional investigation (discussed on the Michael Reagan talk show program on Aug 9, 2000).  Thus, it wasn’t only that Slick had been guilty of treason, but Reno participated in it as well as in promoting the subsequent cover-up (because of being blackmailed by the Mafia). 

 

 

The Latest Reno Work 

 

The latest trend for Butch Janet is that in 2001-2002 she indicated a desire to enter Florida politics and run for Governor.  At a speech on May 4, 2002, before the Human Rights Campaign (which promotes homosexuality), Janet said that homosexuals should have the right to adopt children (May 20, 2002, “American Free Press,” p. 2). 

 

If Butch Reno should succeed in politics, which is now doubtful (since she was defeated in Florida), it will certainly please the Mob, which seems to have its hooks in Reno.  For sure, she will faithfully fulfill the Mob’s agenda at every opportunity (as happened with J. Edgar Hoover, discussed previously). 

 

Though not mentioned by Traficant, there is an interesting sidelight on this gangster control theme.  As outlined earlier, in former chapters, the US Mob is controlled at the top by powerful Amalekite gangsters; who, in turn, are linked to and actually subservient to the Amalekite power structure on Wall Street and in the dominant Amalekite international banks. 

 

It appears that some of the large Amalekite corporations have been the parties active in transferring US nuclear, space and computer technology to China (like the Loral Corporation, headed by the likely Amalekite Bernard Schwartz, discussed earlier).  It appears that Slick was rewarded by campaign contributions from China for arranging and/or approving this Amalekite transfer of technology to China. 

 

This transfer was accomplished in the context of sales from various Amalekite controlled corporations.  Obviously, the Chinese made big payments for this technology that they were receiving.  Assuredly, these sales were very profitable to the Amalekites.  Slick was the facilitator who made it all possible.  His rewards were in the nature of campaign contributions from the Chinese. 

 

Since the Amalekite controlled Mob works for and is subservient to (or at least is linked to) powerful Amalekites in the corporate world and finance industries, it apparently blackmailed Reno to also become a coconspirator in this operation by closing her eyes and looking the other way.  In effect, this is precisely what happened with J. Edgar Hoover and the cover-up on the Kennedy killing. 

 

 

A Word on Mob Power 

 

While blackmail could be the situation with Janet Reno and the previously mentioned J. Edgar Hoover, money assuredly is the most common method of Mob control of politicians and government leaders.  This reality brings up a supposedly true story heard some time ago by this writer. 

 

Some years ago, a prominent mobster was under indictment and his evils were an issue in court.  One of his agents came as an intermediary to the judge and laid a bundle of money on the judge’s desk.  The judge refused to take it.  A few days later, the man came back a second time and laid a bigger bundle of money on the desk.  The judge again refused. 

 

A few days later, the agent came back a third time.  This time, he laid a photograph on the desk in front of the judge.  It was a picture of his small granddaughter.  She was behind the cross hairs of a sniper’s gun sight.  The judge got the message.  In fear, he immediately resigned his judgeship and took his family and left the country. 

 

Although not mentioned, he probably bought a gun--knowing full well that the police could not and/or would not protect him.  What a tragedy it is in modern America where soon only government authorities and criminals can own guns.  The people trying to outlaw guns keep telling us that the authorities and police will protect us.  But only an idiot believes that nonsense. 

 

 

Accidental Deaths, Revisited 

 

For some strange reason, there have been a whole series of accidental deaths associated with Bill “Slick” Clinton, Lyndon Baines Johnson and a number of other high profiled US leaders.  Whenever one of these “accidental deaths” occurs, one must inevitably stop and ponder if the reported accident was, indeed, an accident. 

 

In the real analysis, what Dan Rather of CBS, Peter Jennings of ABC, Tom Brokaw of NBC, the US White House, a Congressman or whoever says is not worth much in a determination of truth and reality.  All of these parties are known liars who cannot be trusted for much truth and verity.  Admittedly, most or all of these people will give the approved pitch on a story.  But that’s not what the real world might involve. 

 

 

John F. Kennedy Jr 

 

On July 16, 1999, young John F. Kennedy Jr (the son of the former president), his wife and sister-in-law were accidentally killed near Martha’s Vineyard, Massachusetts when their small airplane accidentally crashed into the ocean. 

 

The after effects of this crash and the deaths will be addressed in a later chapter herein.  However, for now, it needs mention here because of the huge assortment of accidental deaths associated with Clinton, Johnson, and others. 

 

 

Michael Collins Piper, Revisited   

 

But there are some interesting features of this death of young Kennedy which was brought out just after it occurred.  “Spotlight” newspaper (p. B2) of Aug 16, 1999, had a article by Michael Collins Piper on “John John Made Powerful Enemies by Publishing Controversial Stories.”  This report was quoted previously herein in connection with the assassination of JFK Sr. 

 

Piper makes the case that young Kennedy may have been murdered, as happened with his father.  Piper quotes some FBI evidence that a bomb might have went off to cause the airplane crash.  Also, Piper reported a story going around in Israel that the Mossad had something to do with it and that John had expressed some concern to friends about his airplane. 

 

Even the Matthew Drudge Report had a story on the Internet that Kyle Bailey, a pilot watching Kennedy just before his ill-fated trip, said that there was something strange about the way John made his pre-flight check before taking off.  Usually, a pilot will rev his plane up on the runway.  Apparently, something was wrong with the Kennedy plane, per Bailey. 

 

Beyond opening the door to possibilities that this Kennedy plane crash was more than accidental, Piper mentioned some of the controversy surrounding the reporting work of JFK Jr in his “George” magazine.  Per Piper, Kennedy was causing problems with the status quo. 

 

John Junior had published data in one of his magazines on an allegation made by the mother of the Israeli who was convicted of killing Yitzhak Rabin, discussed in a former chapter.  This mother claimed that her son was goaded into killing Rabin by the Shin Bet, Israel’s security agency (discussed in a prior chapter). 

 

Supposedly, Kennedy’s revelation upset the Amalekite leaders (if so, is it possible that the Amalekite bankers/masters had something to do with the death of Rabin, as suggested by Barry Chamish, outlined earlier.  Chamish says that the Shin Bet pulled the trigger and that the set up patsy was programmed to fire blanks). 

 

In another revelation, young John had begun some editorial attacks on the Church of Scientology.  The “Spotlight” had long maintained that the Church of Scientology was an asset of the Mossad (while this is possible, the writer of this study at hand takes the position that the better option is that the Church of Scientology is an agency controlled by the ruling Amalekite bankers/masters). 

 

In any case, Michael Piper builds a case that the Mossad had a number of good reasons to see young Kennedy dead--just as they had cause to assassinate his father some 38 years ago.  Not only did the Israelis perhaps have some cause, but John was reportedly planning a Senate run in New York which would have upset Hillary Clinton. 

 

As Piper wrote, the “crash facts don’t add up.”  What actually happened?  Probably, we’ll never know what happened in the present situation.  But there has been some evidence suggesting that maybe a bomb went off in the plane, as suggested above and in comments from investigative journalist Pat Shannan (Jan 3 & 10, 2000, “Spotlight,” p. 18-19). 

 

 

More Strange Airplane Crashes 

 

In “Fossilized Customs” (p. 55), the previously quoted Lew White focused briefly upon the young John F. Kennedy Jr by saying that airplanes which suddenly explode or crash into the sea may not be accidents after all. 

 

White says that he first discovered this condition years ago when an Air Force plane mysteriously crashed with a US Air Force Procurement Officer on board. 

 

Of course, White’s words could be very relevant in explaining the crash of Ron Brown’s plane in the Balkans (discussed earlier) and any number of other strange, unexplained crashes (like TWA 800, Egypt Air 990, Alaskan Airlines 261, etc., in the last several years). 

 

The writer of this study at hand remembers several years ago when a prominent gang of Chinese (the so-called gang of six) were proving to be an embarrassment to the Red Chinese boss Mao Tse-Tung. 

 

After an alleged attempt to assassinate Mao, the leader of this faction (Lin Piao, who had earlier been the designated heir apparent to the leadership of the Chinese Communist Party) “reportedly” got on an airplane in 1971 to flee to Russia. 

 

As soon as the airplane was airborne, it mysteriously crashed and killed the dissident Lin Piao--supposedly, by accident, per the controlled media reports from China.  Everybody with brains above the moron level knew what happened. 

 

 

The Latest from Eastern Europe 

 

In violation of US sanctions on Iraq, the Ukraine sold Iraq long range Kolchuga radar systems (Apr 19, 2002, “The Week,” p. 6).  Two US journalist reported that the Ukraine president Leonid Kuchma personally negotiated the sale with Veleiv Malev, head of a Ukraine weapons exporting company.  There was a media flare-up over the event.  Accordingly, Malev died mysteriously in a car “accident.” 

 

Ukrainian dissidents have long claimed that politically incorrect people in that nation have a habit of dying from strange automobile accidents.  Reportedly, the government uses this technique as a favorite tool to get rid of trouble makers or potential sources of trouble (ibid, p. 6). 

 

Another strange accident occurred in Eastern Europe when the Russian populist leader Alexandra Lebed was killed in an helicopter crash on April 28, 2002 (May 10, 2002, “The Week,” p. 7).  The crash was blamed on a snowstorm, but Lebed had many enemies.  Thus, rumors have swirled about the cause of his death.  With the popularity of accidents to remove political opponents, one can never be sure.